Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 5271:25f67b62afd8 v7.4b.012
updated for version 7.4b.012
Problem: Output from a shell command is truncated at a NUL. (lcd 47)
Solution: Change every NUL into an SOH.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 03 Aug 2013 14:10:50 +0200 |
| parents | 93cccad6a26b |
| children | 3ddec3d25bd1 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
19 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
20 static void init_users __ARGS((void)); |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
21 #endif |
| 7 | 22 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); |
| 23 | |
| 3744 | 24 /* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */ |
| 25 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 26 static garray_T ga_users; | |
| 27 #endif | |
| 28 | |
| 7 | 29 /* |
| 30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 31 */ | |
| 32 int | |
| 33 get_indent() | |
| 34 { | |
| 35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 36 } | |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 43 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 44 { | |
| 45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 46 } | |
| 47 | |
| 48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 49 /* | |
| 50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 51 * "buf". | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 55 buf_T *buf; | |
| 56 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 57 { | |
| 58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 59 } | |
| 60 #endif | |
| 61 | |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 64 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 65 */ | |
| 164 | 66 int |
| 7 | 67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 68 char_u *ptr; | |
| 69 int ts; | |
| 70 { | |
| 71 int count = 0; | |
| 72 | |
| 73 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 74 { | |
| 75 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 76 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 77 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 78 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 79 else | |
| 80 break; | |
| 81 } | |
| 164 | 82 return count; |
| 7 | 83 } |
| 84 | |
| 85 /* | |
| 86 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 87 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 88 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 89 * "flags": | |
| 90 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 91 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 92 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 93 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 int | |
| 96 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 97 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 98 int flags; |
| 99 { | |
| 100 char_u *p; | |
| 101 char_u *newline; | |
| 102 char_u *oldline; | |
| 103 char_u *s; | |
| 104 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 105 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 106 int line_len; |
| 107 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 108 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 109 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 110 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 111 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 112 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 115 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 116 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 117 */ | |
| 118 todo = size; | |
| 119 ind_len = 0; | |
| 120 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 121 | |
| 122 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 123 * isn't already set */ | |
| 124 | |
| 1324 | 125 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 126 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 127 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 128 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 129 { |
| 130 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 131 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 132 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 133 { | |
| 134 ind_done = 0; | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 137 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 138 { | |
| 139 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 140 { | |
| 141 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 142 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 143 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 144 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 145 break; | |
| 146 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 147 ++ind_len; | |
| 148 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 else | |
| 151 { | |
| 152 --todo; | |
| 153 ++ind_len; | |
| 154 ++ind_done; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 ++p; | |
| 157 } | |
| 158 | |
| 1324 | 159 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 160 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 161 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 162 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 163 | |
| 7 | 164 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 165 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 166 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 167 { |
| 168 doit = TRUE; | |
| 169 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 170 ++ind_len; | |
| 171 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 172 } | |
| 173 } | |
| 174 | |
| 175 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 176 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 177 { | |
| 178 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 179 doit = TRUE; | |
| 180 else | |
| 181 ++p; | |
| 182 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 183 ++ind_len; | |
| 184 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 185 } | |
| 186 } | |
| 187 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 188 while (todo > 0) | |
| 189 { | |
| 190 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 191 doit = TRUE; | |
| 192 else | |
| 193 ++p; | |
| 194 --todo; | |
| 195 ++ind_len; | |
| 196 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 197 } | |
| 198 | |
| 199 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 200 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 201 return FALSE; | |
| 202 | |
| 203 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 204 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 205 p = oldline; | |
| 206 else | |
| 207 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 208 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 209 |
| 210 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 211 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 212 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 213 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 214 { |
| 215 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 216 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 217 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 218 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 219 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 220 * characters, which may have been | |
| 221 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 222 p = oldline; |
| 223 s = newline; | |
| 224 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 225 { | |
| 226 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 227 orig_char_len--; | |
| 228 } | |
| 1474 | 229 |
| 1324 | 230 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 231 * than old) */ | |
| 232 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 233 ++p; |
| 1348 | 234 |
| 1324 | 235 } |
| 236 else | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 todo = size; | |
| 239 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 240 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 241 return FALSE; | |
| 242 s = newline; | |
| 243 } | |
| 7 | 244 |
| 245 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 246 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 247 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 248 { | |
| 249 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 250 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 251 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 252 { | |
| 253 p = oldline; | |
| 254 ind_done = 0; | |
| 255 | |
| 256 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 259 { | |
| 260 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 261 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 262 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 263 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 264 break; | |
| 265 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 266 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 267 } | |
| 268 else | |
| 269 { | |
| 270 --todo; | |
| 271 ++ind_done; | |
| 272 } | |
| 273 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 277 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 278 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 279 { | |
| 280 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 281 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 290 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 while (todo > 0) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 296 --todo; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 299 | |
| 300 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 301 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 302 { | |
| 303 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 304 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 305 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 306 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 307 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 308 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 309 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 310 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 311 } |
| 312 else | |
| 313 vim_free(newline); | |
| 314 | |
| 315 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 316 return retval; |
| 7 | 317 } |
| 318 | |
| 319 /* | |
| 320 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 321 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 322 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 323 */ | |
| 324 static int | |
| 325 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 326 int size; | |
| 327 char_u *src; | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 330 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 331 char_u *s; | |
| 332 int todo; | |
| 333 int ind_len; | |
| 334 int line_len = 0; | |
| 335 int tab_pad; | |
| 336 int ind_done; | |
| 337 int round; | |
| 338 | |
| 339 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 340 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 341 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 342 { | |
| 343 todo = size; | |
| 344 ind_len = 0; | |
| 345 ind_done = 0; | |
| 346 s = src; | |
| 347 | |
| 348 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 349 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 352 { | |
| 353 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 354 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 355 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 356 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 357 break; | |
| 358 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 359 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 else | |
| 362 { | |
| 363 --todo; | |
| 364 ++ind_done; | |
| 365 } | |
| 366 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 367 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 368 *p++ = *s; |
| 369 ++s; | |
| 370 } | |
| 371 | |
| 372 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 373 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 374 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 375 { |
| 376 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 377 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 378 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 379 *p++ = TAB; |
| 380 } | |
| 381 | |
| 382 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 383 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 384 { |
| 385 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 386 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 387 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 388 *p++ = TAB; |
| 389 } | |
| 390 | |
| 391 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 392 while (todo > 0) | |
| 393 { | |
| 394 --todo; | |
| 395 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 396 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 397 *p++ = ' '; |
| 398 } | |
| 399 | |
| 840 | 400 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 401 { |
| 402 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 403 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 404 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 405 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 406 if (line == NULL) | |
| 407 return FALSE; | |
| 408 p = line; | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 | |
| 412 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 413 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 416 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 417 | |
| 418 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 419 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 420 return TRUE; | |
| 421 } | |
| 422 | |
| 423 /* | |
| 424 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 425 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 426 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 427 */ |
| 428 int | |
| 429 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 430 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 colnr_T col; | |
| 433 pos_T pos; | |
| 434 | |
| 3632 | 435 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 436 int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 439 return -1; | |
| 41 | 440 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 441 |
| 442 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 3632 | 443 /* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */ |
| 444 if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS)) | |
| 3584 | 445 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3632 | 446 #endif |
| 447 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 448 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 449 { | |
| 450 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 451 | |
| 452 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 453 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 454 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 457 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 41 | 458 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3632 | 459 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 460 #endif | |
| 461 } | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
462 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
463 } |
| 41 | 464 |
| 465 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 466 return -1; |
| 467 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 468 return (int)col; | |
| 469 } | |
| 470 | |
| 471 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 472 | |
| 473 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 474 | |
| 475 /* | |
| 476 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 477 */ | |
| 478 static int | |
| 479 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 480 char_u *line; | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 char_u *cinw; | |
| 483 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 484 int cinw_len; | |
| 485 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 486 int len; | |
| 487 | |
| 488 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 489 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 490 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 491 { | |
| 492 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 493 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 494 { | |
| 495 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 496 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 497 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 retval = TRUE; | |
| 500 break; | |
| 501 } | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 504 } | |
| 505 return retval; | |
| 506 } | |
| 507 #endif | |
| 508 | |
| 509 /* | |
| 510 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 511 * | |
| 512 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 513 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 514 * | |
| 515 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 516 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 517 * new line. | |
| 518 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 519 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 520 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 521 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 522 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 523 * | |
| 524 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 525 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 526 * |
| 527 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 528 */ | |
| 529 int | |
| 3584 | 530 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 531 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 532 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 533 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 534 { |
| 535 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 536 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 537 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 538 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 539 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 540 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 541 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 542 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 543 int n; | |
| 544 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 545 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 546 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 547 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 548 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 549 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 550 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 551 #endif | |
| 552 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 553 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 554 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 555 char_u *p; | |
| 556 #endif | |
| 557 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 558 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 559 pos_T *pos; | |
| 560 #endif | |
| 561 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 562 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 563 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 564 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 565 # endif | |
| 566 ); | |
| 567 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 568 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 569 #endif | |
| 570 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 571 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 572 #endif | |
| 573 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 574 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 575 | |
| 576 /* | |
| 577 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 578 */ | |
| 579 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 580 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 581 return FALSE; | |
| 582 | |
| 583 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 584 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 585 { | |
| 586 /* | |
| 587 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 588 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 589 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 590 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 591 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 592 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 593 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 594 */ | |
| 595 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 596 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 597 else | |
| 598 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 599 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 600 goto theend; | |
| 601 | |
| 602 /* | |
| 603 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 604 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 605 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 606 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 607 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 608 */ | |
| 609 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 610 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 611 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 612 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 613 { |
| 614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 615 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 616 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 617 else | |
| 618 #endif | |
| 619 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 620 } | |
| 7 | 621 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 622 } | |
| 623 #endif | |
| 624 | |
| 625 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 626 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 627 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 ) | |
| 630 { | |
| 631 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 632 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 633 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 636 first_char = *p; | |
| 637 } | |
| 638 #endif | |
| 639 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 640 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 641 #endif | |
| 642 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 643 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 | |
| 646 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 647 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 648 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 649 #endif | |
| 650 ai_col = 0; | |
| 651 | |
| 652 /* | |
| 653 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 654 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 655 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 656 */ | |
| 657 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 658 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 659 | |
| 660 /* | |
| 661 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 662 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 665 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 666 || do_si | |
| 667 #endif | |
| 668 ) | |
| 669 { | |
| 670 /* | |
| 671 * count white space on current line | |
| 672 */ | |
| 673 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3584 | 674 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 675 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 676 |
| 677 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 678 /* | |
| 679 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 680 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 681 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 682 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 683 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 684 */ | |
| 685 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 686 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 687 { | |
| 688 char_u *ptr; | |
| 689 char_u last_char; | |
| 690 | |
| 691 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 692 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 693 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 694 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 695 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 696 else |
| 697 lead_len = 0; | |
| 698 # endif | |
| 699 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 /* | |
| 702 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 703 * recognised as comments. | |
| 704 */ | |
| 705 if ( | |
| 706 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 707 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 708 # endif | |
| 709 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 710 { | |
| 711 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 712 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 713 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 714 } | |
| 715 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 716 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 717 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 718 else |
| 719 lead_len = 0; | |
| 720 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 721 { | |
| 722 /* | |
| 723 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 724 * \* | |
| 725 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 726 * *\ | |
| 727 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 728 * This should line up here; | |
| 729 */ | |
| 730 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 731 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 732 p++; | |
| 733 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 734 { | |
| 735 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 736 { | |
| 737 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 738 { | |
| 739 /* | |
| 740 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 741 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 742 * the comment | |
| 743 */ | |
| 744 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 745 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 748 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 749 } | |
| 750 } | |
| 751 } | |
| 752 } | |
| 753 } | |
| 754 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 755 # endif | |
| 756 { | |
| 757 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 758 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 759 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 760 --p; | |
| 761 last_char = *p; | |
| 762 | |
| 763 /* | |
| 764 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 765 */ | |
| 766 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 767 { | |
| 768 if (p > ptr) | |
| 769 --p; | |
| 770 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 771 --p; | |
| 772 } | |
| 773 /* | |
| 774 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 775 * lines. eg: | |
| 776 * if (condition && | |
| 777 * condition) { | |
| 778 * Should line up here! | |
| 779 * } | |
| 780 */ | |
| 781 if (*p == ')') | |
| 782 { | |
| 783 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 784 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 787 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 788 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 } | |
| 791 /* | |
| 792 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 793 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 794 */ | |
| 795 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 796 { | |
| 797 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 798 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 799 } | |
| 800 /* | |
| 801 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 802 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 803 * '}'. | |
| 804 */ | |
| 805 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 806 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 807 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 808 } | |
| 809 } | |
| 810 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 811 { | |
| 812 /* | |
| 813 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 814 * recognised as comments. | |
| 815 */ | |
| 816 if ( | |
| 817 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 818 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 819 # endif | |
| 820 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 821 { | |
| 822 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 823 | |
| 824 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 825 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 826 { | |
| 827 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 828 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 829 else | |
| 830 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 831 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 832 } | |
| 833 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 834 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 835 else | |
| 836 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 837 } | |
| 838 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 839 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 840 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 841 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 842 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 845 } | |
| 846 if (do_si) | |
| 847 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 848 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 849 | |
| 850 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 852 | |
| 853 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 854 /* | |
| 855 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 856 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 857 */ | |
| 858 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 859 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 860 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 861 else |
| 862 lead_len = 0; | |
| 863 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 864 { | |
| 865 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 866 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 867 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 868 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 869 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 870 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 871 int current_flag; | |
| 872 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 873 char_u *p2; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 /* | |
| 876 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 877 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 878 */ | |
| 879 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 880 { | |
| 881 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 882 { | |
| 883 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 884 continue; | |
| 885 } | |
| 886 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 887 { | |
| 888 current_flag = *p; | |
| 889 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 890 { | |
| 891 /* | |
| 892 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 893 */ | |
| 894 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 lead_len = 0; | |
| 897 break; | |
| 898 } | |
| 899 | |
| 900 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 901 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 902 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 | |
| 905 /* | |
| 906 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 907 */ | |
| 908 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 909 { | |
| 910 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 911 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 912 ++p; | |
| 913 } | |
| 914 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 915 | |
| 916 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 917 { | |
| 918 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 919 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 920 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 921 ++p; | |
| 922 } | |
| 923 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 924 | |
| 925 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 926 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 927 | |
| 928 /* | |
| 929 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 930 * the comment leader. | |
| 931 */ | |
| 932 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 933 { | |
| 934 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 935 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 936 { | |
| 937 comment_end = p; | |
| 938 lead_len = 0; | |
| 939 break; | |
| 940 } | |
| 941 } | |
| 942 | |
| 943 /* | |
| 944 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 945 */ | |
| 946 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 947 { | |
| 948 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 949 { | |
| 950 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 951 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 | |
| 954 /* | |
| 955 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 956 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 957 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 958 */ | |
| 959 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 960 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 961 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 962 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 963 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 964 || require_blank)) | |
| 965 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 966 } | |
| 967 break; | |
| 968 } | |
| 969 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 970 { | |
| 971 /* | |
| 972 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 973 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 974 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 975 */ | |
| 976 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 977 { | |
| 978 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 979 lead_len = 0; | |
| 980 break; | |
| 981 } | |
| 982 | |
| 983 /* | |
| 984 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 985 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 986 */ | |
| 987 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 988 --p; | |
| 989 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 990 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 991 ; | |
| 992 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 993 | |
| 994 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 995 * the comment-end */ | |
| 996 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 997 | |
| 998 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 999 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 1000 { | |
| 1001 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 1002 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1003 } | |
| 1004 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1005 { | |
| 1006 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1007 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1008 p2++; | |
| 1009 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1010 } | |
| 1011 break; | |
| 1012 } | |
| 1013 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1014 { | |
| 1015 /* | |
| 1016 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1017 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1018 */ | |
| 1019 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1020 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1021 else | |
| 1022 { | |
| 1023 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1024 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 break; | |
| 1027 } | |
| 1028 } | |
| 1029 if (lead_len) | |
| 1030 { | |
| 3596 | 1031 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1032 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1033 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1034 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1037 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1038 else | |
| 1039 { | |
| 419 | 1040 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1041 |
| 1042 /* | |
| 1043 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1044 */ | |
| 1045 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1046 { | |
| 1047 int c = 0; | |
| 1048 int off = 0; | |
| 1049 | |
| 1996 | 1050 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1051 { |
| 1052 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1053 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1054 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1055 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1056 else |
| 1057 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1058 } |
| 1059 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1060 { | |
| 1061 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1062 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1063 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1064 ; | |
| 1065 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1066 |
| 1067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1068 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1069 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1070 { | |
| 1071 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1072 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1073 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1074 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1075 int l; | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1078 { | |
| 39 | 1079 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1080 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1081 } | |
| 835 | 1082 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1083 if (l != 0) |
| 1084 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1085 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1086 lead_len += l; | |
| 1087 } | |
| 1088 #else | |
| 7 | 1089 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1090 p = leader; | |
| 1091 else | |
| 1092 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1093 #endif |
| 7 | 1094 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1095 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1096 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1099 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1100 { |
| 1101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1102 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 if (l > 1) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 p -= l; | |
| 1107 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1108 { | |
| 1109 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1110 --l; | |
| 1111 } | |
| 1112 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1113 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1114 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1115 *p = ' '; | |
| 1116 } | |
| 1117 else | |
| 1118 #endif | |
| 7 | 1119 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1120 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1121 } |
| 7 | 1122 } |
| 1123 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1124 { | |
| 1125 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1127 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1128 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1129 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1130 { | |
| 1131 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1132 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1133 int i; | |
| 1134 int l; | |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1137 { | |
| 474 | 1138 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1139 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1140 break; | |
| 1141 } | |
| 1142 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1143 { | |
| 1144 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1145 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1146 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1147 } | |
| 1148 } | |
| 1149 #endif | |
| 7 | 1150 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1153 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1154 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1155 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1156 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1159 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1160 { | |
| 1161 --lead_len; | |
| 1162 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1163 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1164 } | |
| 1165 else | |
| 17 | 1166 { |
| 1167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1168 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1169 |
| 1170 if (l > 1) | |
| 1171 { | |
| 1172 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1173 { | |
| 1174 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1175 * two spaces */ | |
| 1176 --l; | |
| 1177 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1178 } | |
| 1179 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1180 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1181 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 #endif | |
| 7 | 1184 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1185 } |
| 7 | 1186 } |
| 1187 *p = NUL; | |
| 1188 } | |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1191 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1192 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1193 || do_si | |
| 1194 #endif | |
| 1195 ) | |
| 1196 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1199 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 off = -newindent; | |
| 1202 newindent = 0; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 else | |
| 1205 newindent += off; | |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1208 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1209 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1210 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1211 { | |
| 1212 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1213 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1214 break; | |
| 1215 --lead_len; | |
| 1216 --off; | |
| 1217 } | |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1220 * extra space */ | |
| 1221 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1222 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1223 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1224 } | |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 if (extra_space) | |
| 1227 { | |
| 1228 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1229 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1230 } | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 /* | |
| 1235 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1236 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1237 */ | |
| 1238 if (newindent | |
| 1239 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1240 || did_si | |
| 1241 #endif | |
| 1242 ) | |
| 1243 { | |
| 1244 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 --lead_len; | |
| 1247 --newcol; | |
| 1248 ++leader; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 } | |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 } | |
| 1253 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1254 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1255 #endif | |
| 1256 } | |
| 1257 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1258 { | |
| 1259 /* | |
| 1260 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1261 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1262 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1263 * comment. | |
| 1264 */ | |
| 1265 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1266 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1267 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1268 || do_si | |
| 1269 #endif | |
| 1270 )) | |
| 1271 { | |
| 1272 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1273 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1274 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1275 { | |
| 1276 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1277 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1280 } | |
| 1281 } | |
| 1282 } | |
| 1283 #endif | |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1286 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1287 { | |
| 1288 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 /* | |
| 1291 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1292 * non-blank. | |
| 1293 * | |
| 1294 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1295 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1296 */ | |
| 1297 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1298 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1299 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1303 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1304 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1305 #endif | |
| 1306 ) | |
| 1307 { | |
| 1308 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1309 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1310 ++p_extra; | |
| 1311 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1312 } | |
| 1313 } | |
| 1314 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1315 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1318 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1319 } | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1322 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1325 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1326 if (lead_len) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 3584 | 1328 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1329 { | |
| 1330 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1331 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1332 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1333 |
| 1334 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1335 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1336 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1337 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 3705 | 1340 less_cols--; |
| 3584 | 1341 newcol++; |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 } | |
| 7 | 1344 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1345 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1346 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1347 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 else | |
| 1350 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1351 #endif | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1354 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1355 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1356 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1357 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1358 #endif | |
| 1359 { | |
| 1360 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1361 == FAIL) | |
| 1362 goto theend; | |
| 1363 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1364 * with markers. */ | |
| 1365 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1366 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1367 } | |
| 1368 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1369 else | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 /* | |
| 1372 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1373 */ | |
| 1374 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1375 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1376 { | |
| 1377 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1378 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1379 */ | |
| 1380 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1381 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1382 } | |
| 1383 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1384 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1385 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1386 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1387 } | |
| 1388 #endif | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 if (newindent | |
| 1391 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1392 || did_si | |
| 1393 #endif | |
| 1394 ) | |
| 1395 { | |
| 1396 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1397 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1398 if (did_si) | |
| 1399 { | |
| 3740 | 1400 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 1401 | |
| 7 | 1402 if (p_sr) |
| 3740 | 1403 newindent -= newindent % sw; |
| 1404 newindent += sw; | |
| 7 | 1405 } |
| 1406 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1407 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1408 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1409 { |
| 1410 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 /* | |
| 1413 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1414 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1415 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1416 */ | |
| 1417 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 else | |
| 1420 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1421 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 /* | |
| 1426 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1427 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1428 */ | |
| 1429 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1430 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1431 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1432 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1433 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1434 if (no_si) | |
| 1435 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1436 #endif | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1440 /* | |
| 1441 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1442 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1443 */ | |
| 1444 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1445 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1446 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1447 #endif | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1452 { | |
| 1453 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1454 { | |
| 1455 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1456 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1457 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1458 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1459 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1460 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1461 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1462 if (did_append) | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1465 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1466 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1469 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1470 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1471 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1472 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 else | |
| 1475 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1476 } | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /* | |
| 1479 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1480 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1481 */ | |
| 1482 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1483 } | |
| 1484 if (did_append) | |
| 1485 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1488 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1489 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1490 #endif | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1493 /* | |
| 1494 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1495 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1496 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1497 */ | |
| 1498 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1501 State = INSERT; | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 else | |
| 1504 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1505 #endif | |
| 1506 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1507 /* | |
| 1508 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1509 */ | |
| 1510 if (!p_paste | |
| 1511 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1512 && leader == NULL | |
| 1513 # endif | |
| 1514 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1515 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1516 { | |
| 1517 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1518 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1519 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1520 } | |
| 1521 #endif | |
| 1522 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1523 /* | |
| 1524 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1525 */ | |
| 1526 if (!p_paste | |
| 1527 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1528 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1529 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1530 # endif | |
| 1531 ) | |
| 1532 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1533 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1534 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1537 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1538 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1539 } | |
| 1540 #endif | |
| 1541 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1542 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1543 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1544 #endif | |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1547 /* | |
| 1548 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1549 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1550 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1553 { | |
| 1554 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1555 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1556 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1557 goto theend; | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1560 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1563 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1564 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1565 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1566 #endif | |
| 1567 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1568 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1569 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1570 } | |
| 1571 #endif | |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1574 theend: | |
| 1575 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1576 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1577 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1578 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1579 return retval; | |
| 1580 } | |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1583 /* | |
| 1584 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1585 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1586 * returned. | |
| 1587 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1588 * comment leader. | |
| 1589 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1590 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1591 * length. | |
| 7 | 1592 */ |
| 1593 int | |
| 3562 | 1594 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1595 char_u *line; |
| 1596 char_u **flags; | |
| 1597 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1598 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1599 { |
| 1600 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1601 int result; |
| 7 | 1602 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1603 int found_one; | |
| 1604 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1605 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1606 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1607 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1608 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1609 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1610 |
| 3562 | 1611 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1612 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1613 ++i; | |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 /* | |
| 1616 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1617 */ | |
| 2809 | 1618 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1619 { |
| 1620 /* | |
| 1621 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1622 */ | |
| 1623 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1624 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1625 { | |
| 2809 | 1626 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1627 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1628 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1629 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1630 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1631 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1632 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1633 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1634 continue; | |
| 1635 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1636 | |
| 2809 | 1637 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1638 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1639 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1640 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1641 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1642 break; | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1645 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1646 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1647 continue; | |
| 1648 | |
| 2809 | 1649 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1650 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1651 continue; | |
| 1652 | |
| 2809 | 1653 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1654 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1655 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1656 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1657 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1658 { | |
| 1659 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 4352 | 1660 continue; /* missing white space */ |
| 7 | 1661 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1662 ++string; | |
| 1663 } | |
| 1664 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1665 ; | |
| 1666 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1667 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1670 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1671 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1672 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1673 continue; | |
| 1674 | |
| 2809 | 1675 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1676 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1677 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1678 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1679 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1680 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1681 { | |
| 1682 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1683 { | |
| 1684 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1685 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1686 } | |
| 1687 continue; | |
| 1688 } | |
| 1689 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1690 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1691 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1692 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1695 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1696 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1697 break; | |
| 1698 } | |
| 1699 | |
| 2809 | 1700 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1703 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1704 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1705 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1706 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1707 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1708 } | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1711 if (!found_one) |
| 1712 break; | |
| 1713 | |
| 3562 | 1714 result = i; |
| 1715 | |
| 2809 | 1716 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1717 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1718 ++i; | |
| 1719 | |
| 3562 | 1720 if (include_space) |
| 1721 result = i; | |
| 1722 | |
| 2809 | 1723 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1724 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1725 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1726 break; | |
| 1727 } | |
| 3562 | 1728 return result; |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 /* | |
| 1732 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1733 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1734 * | |
| 1735 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1736 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1737 */ | |
| 1738 int | |
| 1739 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1740 char_u *line; | |
| 1741 char_u **flags; | |
| 1742 { | |
| 1743 int result = -1; | |
| 1744 int i, j; | |
| 1745 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1746 char_u *string; | |
| 1747 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1748 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1749 char_u *list; | |
| 1750 int found_one; | |
| 1751 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 /* | |
| 1754 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1755 */ | |
| 1756 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1757 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1758 { | |
| 1759 /* | |
| 1760 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1761 */ | |
| 1762 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1763 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1764 { | |
| 1765 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 /* | |
| 1768 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1769 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1770 */ | |
| 1771 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1772 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1773 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1774 * happen. */ | |
| 1775 { | |
| 1776 continue; | |
| 1777 } | |
| 1778 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1779 com_leader = string; | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 /* | |
| 1782 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1783 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1784 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1785 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1786 */ | |
| 1787 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1788 { | |
| 1789 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1790 continue; | |
| 1791 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1792 ++string; | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1795 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1796 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1797 continue; | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 /* | |
| 1800 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1801 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1802 */ | |
| 1803 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1804 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1805 { | |
| 1806 continue; | |
| 1807 } | |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 /* | |
| 1810 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1811 */ | |
| 1812 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 if (flags) | |
| 1815 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1816 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 break; | |
| 1819 } | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 if (found_one) | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1824 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 result = i; | |
| 1827 /* | |
| 1828 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1829 */ | |
| 1830 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1831 continue; | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1836 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1837 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1838 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1839 */ | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1842 ++com_leader; | |
| 1843 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1850 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1851 continue; | |
| 1852 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1853 ++string; | |
| 1854 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1855 ++string; | |
| 1856 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1857 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1858 continue; | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1861 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1862 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1863 { | |
| 1864 --off; | |
| 1865 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1866 { | |
| 1867 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1868 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 } | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 return result; | |
| 7 | 1875 } |
| 1876 #endif | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 /* | |
| 1879 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1880 */ | |
| 1881 int | |
| 1882 plines(lnum) | |
| 1883 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 int | |
| 1889 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1890 win_T *wp; | |
| 1891 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1892 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1893 { | |
| 1894 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1895 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1896 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1897 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1898 } | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 int | |
| 1901 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1902 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1903 { | |
| 1904 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 int | |
| 1908 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1909 win_T *wp; | |
| 1910 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1911 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1912 { | |
| 1913 #endif | |
| 1914 int lines; | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1917 return 1; | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1920 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1921 return 1; | |
| 1922 #endif | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1925 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1926 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1927 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1928 return 1; | |
| 1929 #endif | |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1932 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1933 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1934 return lines; | |
| 1935 } | |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 /* | |
| 1938 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1939 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1940 */ | |
| 1941 int | |
| 1942 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1943 win_T *wp; | |
| 1944 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1945 { | |
| 1946 char_u *s; | |
| 1947 long col; | |
| 1948 int width; | |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1951 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1952 return 1; | |
| 1953 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 /* | |
| 1956 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1957 * extra column. | |
| 1958 */ | |
| 1959 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1960 col += 1; | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1963 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1964 */ |
| 1965 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1966 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1967 return 32000; | |
| 1968 if (col <= width) | |
| 1969 return 1; | |
| 1970 col -= width; | |
| 1971 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1972 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1973 } | |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 /* | |
| 1976 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1977 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1978 */ | |
| 1979 int | |
| 1980 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1981 win_T *wp; | |
| 1982 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1983 long column; | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 long col; | |
| 1986 char_u *s; | |
| 1987 int lines = 0; | |
| 1988 int width; | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1991 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1992 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1993 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1994 #endif | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1997 return lines + 1; | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2000 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 2001 return lines + 1; | |
| 2002 #endif | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 col = 0; | |
| 2007 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2008 { | |
| 2009 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 2010 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2011 } |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 /* | |
| 2014 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2015 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2016 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2017 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2018 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2019 */ | |
| 2020 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 2021 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2024 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2025 */ |
| 2026 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2027 if (width <= 0) |
| 2028 return 9999; | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 lines += 1; | |
| 2031 if (col > width) | |
| 2032 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2033 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2034 } |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 int | |
| 2037 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2038 win_T *wp; | |
| 2039 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 int count = 0; | |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 while (first <= last) | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2046 int x; | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2049 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2050 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2051 if (x > 0) | |
| 2052 { | |
| 2053 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2054 first += x; | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 else | |
| 2057 #endif | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2060 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2061 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2062 else | |
| 2063 #endif | |
| 2064 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2065 ++first; | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 } | |
| 2068 return (count); | |
| 2069 } | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2072 /* | |
| 2073 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2074 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2075 */ | |
| 2076 void | |
| 2077 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2078 char_u *p; | |
| 2079 { | |
| 2080 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 #endif | |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2085 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2086 /* | |
| 2087 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2088 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2089 */ | |
| 2090 void | |
| 2091 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2092 char_u *p; | |
| 2093 int len; | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 int i; | |
| 2096 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2097 int n; | |
| 2098 | |
| 1617 | 2099 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2100 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2101 { | |
| 2102 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2103 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2104 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2105 else | |
| 2106 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2107 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2108 } | |
| 2109 else | |
| 7 | 2110 # endif |
| 1617 | 2111 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2112 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2113 } |
| 2114 #endif | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 /* | |
| 2117 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2118 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2119 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2120 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2121 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2122 */ | |
| 2123 void | |
| 2124 ins_char(c) | |
| 2125 int c; | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2128 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2129 int n; |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2134 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2135 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2136 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2139 } | |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 void | |
| 2142 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2143 char_u *buf; | |
| 2144 int charlen; | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2147 #endif | |
| 2148 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2149 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2150 char_u *p; | |
| 2151 char_u *newp; | |
| 2152 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2153 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2154 colnr_T col; | |
| 2155 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2156 int i; | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2159 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2160 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2161 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2162 #endif | |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2165 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2166 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2169 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2171 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2172 #else | |
| 2173 newlen = 1; | |
| 2174 #endif | |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2177 { | |
| 2178 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2179 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2182 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2183 int old_list; | |
| 2184 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2185 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2186 #endif | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 /* | |
| 2189 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2190 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2191 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2192 */ | |
| 2193 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2194 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2195 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 /* | |
| 2198 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2199 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2200 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2201 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2202 */ | |
| 2203 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2204 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2205 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2206 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2207 #endif | |
| 2208 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2209 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2212 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2213 * position. */ | |
| 2214 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2215 break; | |
| 2216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2217 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2218 #else |
| 2219 ++oldlen; | |
| 2220 #endif | |
| 2221 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2222 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2223 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2224 } | |
| 2225 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2226 } | |
| 2227 else | |
| 2228 #endif | |
| 2229 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2233 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2234 #else |
| 2235 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2236 #endif | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2241 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2242 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2243 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2244 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2245 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2248 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2249 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2250 else | |
| 2251 #endif | |
| 2252 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2253 } |
| 2254 } | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2257 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2258 return; | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2261 if (col > 0) | |
| 2262 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2265 p = newp + col; | |
| 2266 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2267 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2271 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2272 i = charlen; | |
| 2273 #else | |
| 2274 *p = c; | |
| 2275 i = 1; | |
| 2276 #endif | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2279 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2280 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2283 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2286 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 /* | |
| 2289 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2290 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2291 */ | |
| 2292 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2293 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 674 | 2294 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2295 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2296 #endif | |
| 7 | 2297 ) |
| 4029 | 2298 { |
| 2299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2300 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2301 showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf)); | |
| 2302 else | |
| 2303 #endif | |
| 2304 showmatch(c); | |
| 2305 } | |
| 7 | 2306 |
| 2307 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2308 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2309 #endif | |
| 2310 { | |
| 2311 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2313 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2314 #else | |
| 2315 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2316 #endif | |
| 2317 } | |
| 2318 /* | |
| 2319 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2320 */ | |
| 2321 } | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 /* | |
| 2324 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2325 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2326 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2327 */ | |
| 2328 void | |
| 2329 ins_str(s) | |
| 2330 char_u *s; | |
| 2331 { | |
| 2332 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2333 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2334 int oldlen; | |
| 2335 colnr_T col; | |
| 2336 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2339 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2340 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2341 #endif | |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2344 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2345 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2348 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2349 return; | |
| 2350 if (col > 0) | |
| 2351 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2352 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2353 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2354 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2355 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2356 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2357 } | |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 /* | |
| 2360 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2361 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2362 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2363 * | |
| 2364 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2365 */ | |
| 2366 int | |
| 2367 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2368 int fixpos; | |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2371 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2372 { | |
| 2373 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2374 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2375 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2376 return FAIL; | |
| 2377 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2378 } | |
| 2379 #endif | |
| 610 | 2380 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2381 } |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2384 /* | |
| 2385 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2386 */ | |
| 2387 int | |
| 2388 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2389 long count; | |
| 2390 int fixpos; | |
| 2391 { | |
| 2392 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2393 long i; | |
| 2394 char_u *p; | |
| 2395 int l; | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2398 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2399 { | |
| 474 | 2400 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2401 bytes += l; |
| 2402 p += l; | |
| 2403 } | |
| 610 | 2404 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2405 } |
| 2406 #endif | |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 /* | |
| 2409 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2410 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2411 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2412 * | |
| 2413 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2414 */ | |
| 2415 int | |
| 777 | 2416 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2417 long count; |
| 777 | 2418 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2419 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2420 { |
| 2421 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2422 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2423 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2424 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2425 int was_alloced; | |
| 2426 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2427 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2428 |
| 2429 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2430 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 /* | |
| 2433 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2434 */ | |
| 2435 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2436 return FAIL; | |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2439 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2440 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2441 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2442 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2443 { |
| 714 | 2444 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2445 int n; |
| 2446 | |
| 714 | 2447 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2448 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2449 { |
| 2450 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2451 n = col; | |
| 2452 do | |
| 2453 { | |
| 2454 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2455 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2456 n += count; |
| 2457 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2458 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2459 } | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 #endif | |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 /* | |
| 2464 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2465 */ | |
| 2466 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2467 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 /* | |
| 2470 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2471 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2472 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2473 */ |
| 777 | 2474 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2475 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2476 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2477 #endif | |
| 2478 ) | |
| 7 | 2479 { |
| 2480 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2481 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2482 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2483 #endif | |
| 2484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2485 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2486 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2487 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2488 #endif | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2491 movelen = 1; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 /* | |
| 2495 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2496 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2497 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2498 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2499 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2500 */ |
| 2501 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2502 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2503 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2504 else | |
| 2505 #endif | |
| 2506 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2507 if (was_alloced) |
| 2508 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2509 else | |
| 2510 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2511 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2512 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2513 return FAIL; | |
| 2514 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2517 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2518 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2521 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 return OK; | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 /* | |
| 2527 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2528 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2529 * | |
| 2530 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2531 */ | |
| 2532 int | |
| 2533 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2534 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 char_u *newp; | |
| 2537 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2538 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 if (col == 0) | |
| 2541 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2542 else | |
| 2543 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2546 return FAIL; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2551 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 /* | |
| 2554 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2555 */ | |
| 2556 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2557 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 return OK; | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 /* | |
| 2563 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2564 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2565 */ | |
| 2566 void | |
| 2567 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2568 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2569 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2572 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2573 |
| 2574 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2575 return; | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2578 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2579 return; |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2584 break; | |
| 2585 | |
| 1929 | 2586 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2587 ++n; |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2590 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2591 break; |
| 2592 } | |
| 1929 | 2593 |
| 2594 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2595 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2596 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2597 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2598 |
| 2599 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2600 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2601 } |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 int | |
| 2604 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2605 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2606 { | |
| 2607 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2610 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2611 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2612 #endif | |
| 2613 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2614 } | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 int | |
| 2617 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2620 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2621 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2622 #endif | |
| 2623 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 /* | |
| 2627 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2628 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2629 */ | |
| 2630 void | |
| 2631 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2632 int c; | |
| 2633 { | |
| 2634 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2635 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 /* | |
| 2639 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2640 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2641 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2642 * the line. | |
| 2643 */ | |
| 2644 int | |
| 2645 inindent(extra) | |
| 2646 int extra; | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2649 colnr_T col; | |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2652 ++ptr; | |
| 2653 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2654 return TRUE; | |
| 2655 else | |
| 2656 return FALSE; | |
| 2657 } | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 /* | |
| 2660 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2661 */ | |
| 2662 char_u * | |
| 2663 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2664 char_u *p; | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2667 ++p; | |
| 2668 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2669 ++p; | |
| 2670 return p; | |
| 2671 } | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 /* | |
| 2189 | 2674 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2675 * |
| 2676 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2677 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2678 * |
| 2679 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2680 */ |
| 2681 void | |
| 2682 changed() | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2685 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2686 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2687 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2688 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2689 return; | |
| 2690 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2691 #endif | |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2696 | |
| 819 | 2697 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2698 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2699 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2700 |
| 7 | 2701 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2702 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2703 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2704 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2705 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2706 #endif | |
| 2707 ) | |
| 2708 { | |
| 2709 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2712 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2713 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2714 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2715 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2716 { | |
| 2717 out_flush(); | |
| 2718 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2719 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2720 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2721 } | |
| 2722 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2723 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2724 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2725 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2726 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2728 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2729 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2730 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2731 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2732 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2733 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2734 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2735 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2736 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2737 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2738 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2739 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2740 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2741 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2742 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2743 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
| 265 | 2745 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2746 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2747 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 /* | |
| 2750 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2751 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2752 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2753 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2754 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2755 */ |
| 2756 void | |
| 2757 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2758 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2759 colnr_T col; | |
| 2760 { | |
| 265 | 2761 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2762 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2763 |
| 2764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2765 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2766 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2767 { | |
| 2768 win_T *wp; | |
| 2769 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2772 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2773 { | |
| 2774 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2775 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2776 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2777 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2778 } | |
| 2779 } | |
| 2780 #endif | |
| 7 | 2781 } |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 static void | |
| 265 | 2784 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2785 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2786 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2787 { | |
| 265 | 2788 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2789 { |
| 2790 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2791 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2792 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2793 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2794 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2795 } |
| 2796 else | |
| 2797 { | |
| 2798 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2799 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2800 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2801 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2802 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2803 } |
| 2804 } | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 /* | |
| 2807 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2808 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2809 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2810 */ | |
| 2811 void | |
| 2812 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2813 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2814 long count; | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2817 } | |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 /* | |
| 2820 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2821 */ | |
| 2822 void | |
| 2823 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2824 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2825 long count; | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2828 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 /* | |
| 2832 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2833 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2834 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2835 */ | |
| 2836 void | |
| 2837 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2838 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2839 long count; | |
| 2840 { | |
| 2841 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2842 } | |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 /* | |
| 2845 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2846 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2847 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2848 */ |
| 2849 void | |
| 2850 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2851 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2852 long count; | |
| 2853 { | |
| 2854 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2855 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2856 } | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 /* | |
| 2859 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2860 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2861 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2862 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2863 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2864 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2865 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2866 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2867 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2868 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2869 */ |
| 2870 void | |
| 2871 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2872 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2873 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2874 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2875 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2876 { | |
| 265 | 2877 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2880 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2881 { | |
| 2882 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2883 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2884 * displaying. */ | |
| 2885 win_T *wp; | |
| 2886 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2889 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2890 { | |
| 2891 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2892 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2893 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2894 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2895 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2896 } | |
| 2897 } | |
| 2898 #endif | |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2901 } | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 static void | |
| 2904 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2905 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2906 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2907 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2908 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2909 { | |
| 2910 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2911 { |
| 2912 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2913 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2914 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2915 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2916 { |
| 2917 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2918 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2919 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2920 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2921 } |
| 265 | 2922 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2923 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2924 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2925 } |
| 2926 else | |
| 2927 { | |
| 2928 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2929 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2930 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2931 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2932 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2933 } | |
| 7 | 2934 } |
| 2935 | |
| 2189 | 2936 /* |
| 2937 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2938 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2939 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2940 */ | |
| 7 | 2941 static void |
| 2942 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2943 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2944 colnr_T col; | |
| 2945 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2946 long xtra; | |
| 2947 { | |
| 2948 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2949 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2950 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2951 #endif | |
| 7 | 2952 int i; |
| 2953 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2954 int cols; | |
| 2955 pos_T *p; | |
| 2956 int add; | |
| 2957 #endif | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2960 changed(); | |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2963 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2964 { | |
| 2965 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2966 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2969 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2970 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2971 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2972 { | |
| 2973 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2974 add = TRUE; | |
| 2975 else | |
| 2976 { | |
| 2977 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2978 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2979 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2980 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2981 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2982 add = TRUE; | |
| 2983 else | |
| 2984 { | |
| 2985 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2986 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2987 cols = 79; | |
| 2988 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2989 } | |
| 2990 } | |
| 2991 if (add) | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 2994 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 2995 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 2996 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 2999 { | |
| 3000 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 3001 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 3002 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3003 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3004 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3005 { |
| 3006 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3007 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3008 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3009 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3010 } | |
| 3011 } | |
| 1863 | 3012 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3013 { |
| 3014 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3015 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3016 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3017 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3018 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3019 } | |
| 3020 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3021 } | |
| 3022 } | |
| 3023 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3024 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3025 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3026 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3027 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3028 #endif | |
| 3029 } | |
| 3030 | |
| 1863 | 3031 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3032 { |
| 3033 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3034 { | |
| 3035 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3036 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3037 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3040 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3041 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3042 /* | |
| 3043 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3044 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3045 */ | |
| 3046 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3049 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3050 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3051 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3052 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3053 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3054 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3055 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3056 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3057 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3058 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3061 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3062 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3063 { | |
| 3064 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3065 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3066 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3067 } | |
| 3068 #endif | |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3071 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3072 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3073 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3074 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3075 { | |
| 3076 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3077 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3078 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3079 } | |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3082 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3083 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3084 * after the change. */ | |
| 3085 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3086 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3089 { | |
| 3090 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3091 { | |
| 3092 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3093 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3096 { | |
| 3097 /* line below change */ | |
| 3098 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3099 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3100 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3101 #endif | |
| 3102 } | |
| 3103 } | |
| 3104 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3105 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3106 { | |
| 3107 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3108 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3109 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 #endif | |
| 3112 } | |
| 1987 | 3113 |
| 3114 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3115 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3116 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3117 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3118 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3119 #endif | |
| 7 | 3120 } |
| 3121 } | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3124 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3125 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3126 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3127 |
| 3128 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3129 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3130 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3131 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3132 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3133 #endif | |
| 7 | 3134 } |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 /* | |
| 3137 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3138 */ | |
| 3139 void | |
| 3140 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3141 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3142 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3143 { | |
| 2685 | 3144 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3145 { |
| 3146 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3147 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3148 if (ff) |
| 3149 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3150 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3151 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3152 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3153 #endif |
| 3154 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3155 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3156 #endif | |
| 3157 } | |
| 3158 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3159 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3160 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3161 #endif | |
| 3162 } | |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3165 /* | |
| 3166 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3167 * need to be updated | |
| 3168 */ | |
| 3169 void | |
| 3170 check_status(buf) | |
| 3171 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 win_T *wp; | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3176 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3177 { | |
| 3178 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3179 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3180 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3181 } | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 #endif | |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 /* | |
| 3186 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3187 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3188 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3189 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3190 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3191 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3192 */ |
| 3193 void | |
| 3194 change_warning(col) | |
| 3195 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3196 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3197 { | |
| 1848 | 3198 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3199 | |
| 7 | 3200 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3201 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3202 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3203 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3204 #endif | |
| 3205 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3206 { | |
| 3207 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3208 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3209 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3210 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3211 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3212 return; | |
| 3213 #endif | |
| 3214 /* | |
| 3215 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3216 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3217 */ | |
| 3218 msg_start(); | |
| 3219 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3220 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3221 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3222 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3223 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3224 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3225 #endif | |
| 7 | 3226 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3227 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3228 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3229 { | |
| 3230 out_flush(); | |
| 3231 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3232 } | |
| 3233 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3234 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3235 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3236 showmode(); | |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 } | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 /* | |
| 3241 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3242 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3243 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3244 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3245 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3246 * | |
| 3247 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3248 */ | |
| 3249 int | |
| 3250 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3251 char_u *str; | |
| 3252 int direct; | |
| 3253 { | |
| 3254 int r = ' '; | |
| 3255 int save_State = State; | |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3258 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3259 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3260 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3261 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3262 #endif | |
| 3263 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3264 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3265 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3266 #endif | |
| 3267 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3268 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3273 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3274 if (direct) | |
| 3275 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3276 else | |
| 1474 | 3277 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3278 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3279 r = 'n'; | |
| 3280 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3281 out_flush(); | |
| 3282 } | |
| 3283 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3284 State = save_State; | |
| 3285 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3286 setmouse(); | |
| 3287 #endif | |
| 3288 --no_mapping; | |
| 3289 --allow_keys; | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 return r; | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 | |
| 4221 | 3294 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3295 /* | |
| 3296 * Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key. | |
| 3297 */ | |
| 3298 int | |
| 3299 is_mouse_key(c) | |
| 3300 int c; | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 return c == K_LEFTMOUSE | |
| 3303 || c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3304 || c == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3305 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3306 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3307 || c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3308 || c == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3309 || c == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3310 || c == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3311 || c == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3312 || c == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3313 || c == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3314 || c == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3315 || c == K_MOUSELEFT | |
| 3316 || c == K_MOUSERIGHT | |
| 3317 || c == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3318 || c == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3319 || c == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3320 || c == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3321 || c == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3322 || c == K_X2RELEASE; | |
| 3323 } | |
| 3324 #endif | |
| 3325 | |
| 7 | 3326 /* |
| 3327 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3328 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3329 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3330 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3331 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3332 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3333 */ | |
| 3334 int | |
| 3335 get_keystroke() | |
| 3336 { | |
| 3328 | 3337 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3338 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3339 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3340 int len = 0; |
| 3341 int n; | |
| 3342 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3343 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3344 |
| 3345 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3346 for (;;) | |
| 3347 { | |
| 3348 cursor_on(); | |
| 3349 out_flush(); | |
| 3350 | |
| 3328 | 3351 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3352 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3353 * bytes. */ | |
| 3354 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3355 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3356 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3357 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3358 { | |
| 3596 | 3359 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3360 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3361 buflen += 100; | |
| 3362 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3363 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3364 } | |
| 3365 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3368 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 | |
| 7 | 3371 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3372 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3373 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3374 if (n > 0) |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3377 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3378 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3379 waited = 0; |
| 3380 } | |
| 3381 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3382 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3385 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3386 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3387 continue; |
| 964 | 3388 |
| 2672 | 3389 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3390 { |
| 2723 | 3391 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3392 { |
| 3393 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3394 update_screen(0); | |
| 3395 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3396 } | |
| 2672 | 3397 continue; |
| 2721 | 3398 } |
| 2672 | 3399 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3400 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3401 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3402 continue; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3405 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3406 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3407 { | |
| 3408 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3409 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3410 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 4225 | 3411 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 4221 | 3412 || (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 4225 | 3413 #endif |
| 4221 | 3414 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7 | 3415 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR |
| 3416 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3417 #endif | |
| 3418 ) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3421 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3422 len -= 3; | |
| 3423 if (len > 0) | |
| 3424 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3425 continue; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 828 | 3427 break; |
| 7 | 3428 } |
| 3429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3430 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3431 { | |
| 3432 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3433 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3434 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3435 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3436 } | |
| 3437 #endif | |
| 3438 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3439 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3440 n = ESC; | |
| 3441 #endif | |
| 3442 break; | |
| 3443 } | |
| 3328 | 3444 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3445 |
| 3446 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3447 return n; | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 /* | |
| 374 | 3451 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3452 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3453 */ |
| 3454 int | |
| 374 | 3455 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3456 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3457 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3458 { |
| 3459 int n = 0; | |
| 3460 int c; | |
| 810 | 3461 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3462 |
| 374 | 3463 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3464 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3465 | |
| 7 | 3466 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3467 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3468 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3469 return 0; | |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3472 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3473 #endif | |
| 3474 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3475 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3476 for (;;) | |
| 3477 { | |
| 3478 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3479 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3480 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3481 { | |
| 3482 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3483 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3484 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3485 } |
| 3486 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3487 { | |
| 810 | 3488 if (typed > 0) |
| 3489 { | |
| 3490 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3491 --typed; | |
| 3492 } | |
| 7 | 3493 n /= 10; |
| 3494 } | |
| 374 | 3495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3496 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3497 { | |
| 3498 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3499 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3500 break; | |
| 3501 } | |
| 3502 #endif | |
| 7 | 3503 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3506 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3507 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3508 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3509 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3510 break; | |
| 3511 } | |
| 3512 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3513 break; | |
| 3514 } | |
| 3515 --no_mapping; | |
| 3516 --allow_keys; | |
| 3517 return n; | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
| 323 | 3520 /* |
| 3521 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3522 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3523 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3524 */ |
| 3525 int | |
| 374 | 3526 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3527 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3528 { |
| 3529 int i; | |
| 344 | 3530 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3531 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3532 |
| 3533 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3534 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3535 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3536 else |
| 1733 | 3537 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3538 |
| 957 | 3539 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3540 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3541 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3542 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3543 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3544 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3545 |
| 3546 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3547 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3548 { | |
| 3549 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3550 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3551 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3552 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3553 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3554 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3555 } |
| 344 | 3556 else |
| 3557 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3558 State = save_State; | |
| 3559 | |
| 323 | 3560 return i; |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 | |
| 7 | 3563 void |
| 3564 msgmore(n) | |
| 3565 long n; | |
| 3566 { | |
| 3567 long pn; | |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3570 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3571 return; | |
| 3572 | |
| 135 | 3573 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3574 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3575 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3576 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3577 return; | |
| 3578 | |
| 7 | 3579 if (n > 0) |
| 3580 pn = n; | |
| 3581 else | |
| 3582 pn = -n; | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3589 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3590 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3591 else |
| 2768 | 3592 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3593 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3594 } |
| 3595 else | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3598 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3599 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3600 else |
| 2768 | 3601 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3602 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3603 } |
| 3604 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3605 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3606 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3607 { | |
| 680 | 3608 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3609 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3610 } |
| 3611 } | |
| 3612 } | |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 /* | |
| 3615 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3616 */ | |
| 3617 void | |
| 3618 beep_flush() | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3621 { | |
| 3622 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3623 vim_beep(); | |
| 3624 } | |
| 3625 } | |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 /* | |
| 3628 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3629 */ | |
| 3630 void | |
| 3631 vim_beep() | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3634 { | |
| 3635 if (p_vb | |
| 3636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3637 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3638 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3639 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3640 #endif | |
| 3641 ) | |
| 3642 { | |
| 3643 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 else | |
| 3646 { | |
| 3647 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3648 /* | |
| 3649 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3650 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3651 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3652 */ | |
| 3653 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3656 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3657 } | |
| 3658 else | |
| 3659 ++beep_count; | |
| 3660 #else | |
| 3661 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3662 #endif | |
| 3663 } | |
| 169 | 3664 |
| 3665 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3666 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3667 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3668 { | |
| 3669 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3670 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3671 } | |
| 7 | 3672 } |
| 3673 } | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 /* | |
| 3676 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3677 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3678 * For Unix: | |
| 3679 * - go to that directory | |
| 3680 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3681 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3682 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3683 */ | |
| 3684 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 void | |
| 3687 init_homedir() | |
| 3688 { | |
| 3689 char_u *var; | |
| 3690 | |
| 170 | 3691 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3692 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3693 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3694 | |
| 7 | 3695 #ifdef VMS |
| 3696 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3697 #else | |
| 3698 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3702 var = NULL; | |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3705 /* | |
| 3706 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3707 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3708 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3709 */ | |
| 3710 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3711 { | |
| 3712 char_u *p; | |
| 3713 char_u *exp; | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3716 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3717 { | |
| 419 | 3718 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3719 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3720 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3721 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3722 { | |
| 274 | 3723 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3724 var = NameBuff; |
| 3725 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3726 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3727 } | |
| 3728 } | |
| 3729 } | |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 /* | |
| 3732 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3733 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3734 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3735 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3736 */ | |
| 3737 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3738 { | |
| 3739 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3742 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3743 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3744 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3745 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3746 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3747 { | |
| 3748 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3749 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3750 { | |
| 3751 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3752 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3753 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3754 } | |
| 3755 } | |
| 3756 } | |
| 170 | 3757 |
| 3758 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3759 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3760 { | |
| 3761 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3762 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3763 |
| 3764 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3765 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3766 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3767 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 homedir = pp; | |
| 3770 return; | |
| 3771 } | |
| 3772 } | |
| 3773 # endif | |
| 7 | 3774 #endif |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3777 /* | |
| 3778 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3779 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3780 */ | |
| 3781 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3782 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3783 #endif | |
| 3784 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3787 /* | |
| 3788 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3789 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3790 */ | |
| 3791 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3792 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3795 var = IObuff; | |
| 3796 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3797 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 #endif | |
| 3800 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3801 } | |
| 3802 } | |
| 3803 | |
| 359 | 3804 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3805 void | |
| 3806 free_homedir() | |
| 3807 { | |
| 3808 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3809 } | |
| 3744 | 3810 |
| 3811 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
| 3812 void | |
| 3813 free_users() | |
| 3814 { | |
| 3815 ga_clear_strings(&ga_users); | |
| 3816 } | |
| 3817 # endif | |
| 359 | 3818 #endif |
| 3819 | |
| 7 | 3820 /* |
| 1408 | 3821 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3822 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3823 * again soon. | |
| 3824 */ | |
| 3825 char_u * | |
| 3826 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3827 char_u *src; | |
| 3828 { | |
| 3829 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 /* | |
| 3833 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3834 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3835 */ | |
| 3836 char_u * | |
| 3837 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3838 char_u *src; | |
| 3839 int one; | |
| 3840 { | |
| 3841 char_u *p; | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3844 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3845 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3846 return p; | |
| 3847 } | |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 /* | |
| 7 | 3850 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3851 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3852 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3853 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3854 */ | |
| 3855 void | |
| 3856 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3857 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3858 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3859 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3860 { | |
| 1408 | 3861 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3862 } |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 void | |
| 1408 | 3865 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3866 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3867 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3868 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3869 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3870 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3871 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3872 { | |
| 3873 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3874 char_u *tail; |
| 3875 int c; | |
| 3876 char_u *var; | |
| 3877 int copy_char; | |
| 3878 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3879 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3880 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3883 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3884 |
| 3885 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3886 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3887 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3888 { | |
| 3889 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3890 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3891 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3892 && at_start | |
| 3893 #endif | |
| 3894 ) | |
| 7 | 3895 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3896 || *src == '%' | |
| 3897 #endif | |
| 3898 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3899 { | |
| 3900 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 /* | |
| 3903 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3904 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3905 */ | |
| 3906 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3909 var = dst; | |
| 3910 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3913 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3914 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3917 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3918 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 else | |
| 3921 #endif | |
| 3922 { | |
| 3923 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3924 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3925 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3926 #endif | |
| 3927 )) | |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3930 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3931 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3932 #else | |
| 3933 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3934 #endif | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3939 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3940 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3941 # else | |
| 3942 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3943 # endif | |
| 3944 var = NULL; | |
| 3945 else | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3948 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3949 # else | |
| 3950 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3951 #endif | |
| 3952 ++tail; | |
| 3953 #endif | |
| 3954 *var = NUL; | |
| 3955 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3956 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3957 } | |
| 3958 #endif | |
| 3959 } | |
| 3960 /* home directory */ | |
| 3961 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3962 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3963 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 var = homedir; | |
| 3966 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3967 } | |
| 3968 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3969 { | |
| 3970 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3971 /* | |
| 3972 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3973 */ | |
| 3974 tail = src; | |
| 3975 var = dst; | |
| 3976 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3977 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3978 && *tail | |
| 3979 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3980 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3981 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3982 *var = NUL; | |
| 3983 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3984 /* | |
| 3985 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3986 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3987 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3988 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3989 */ | |
| 3990 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3993 | |
| 626 | 3994 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3995 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3996 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3997 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3998 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3999 else | |
| 4000 var = NULL; | |
| 4001 } | |
| 4002 if (var == NULL) | |
| 4003 # endif | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4008 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4009 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4010 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4011 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4012 } | |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4015 /* | |
| 4016 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4017 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4018 */ | |
| 4019 { | |
| 4020 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4021 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4022 struct stat st; | |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4025 next_path = paths; | |
| 4026 while (*next_path) | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4029 next_path++); | |
| 4030 if (*next_path) | |
| 4031 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4032 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4033 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4034 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4035 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4038 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4039 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4040 break; | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4045 #else | |
| 4046 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4047 var = NULL; | |
| 4048 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4049 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4053 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4054 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4055 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4056 { | |
| 4057 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4060 { | |
| 4061 if (mustfree) | |
| 4062 vim_free(var); | |
| 4063 var = p; | |
| 4064 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4065 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 } | |
| 4068 #endif | |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4071 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4072 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4073 { | |
| 4074 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4077 { | |
| 4078 if (mustfree) | |
| 4079 vim_free(var); | |
| 4080 var = p; | |
| 4081 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4082 } | |
| 4083 } | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4086 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4087 { | |
| 4088 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4089 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4090 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4091 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4092 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4093 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4094 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4095 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4096 #endif | |
| 4097 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4098 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4099 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4100 src = tail; |
| 4101 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 if (mustfree) | |
| 4104 vim_free(var); | |
| 4105 } | |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4108 { | |
| 4109 /* | |
| 1224 | 4110 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4111 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4112 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4113 */ |
| 4114 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4115 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4118 --dstlen; | |
| 4119 } | |
| 1408 | 4120 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4121 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4122 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4123 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4124 |
| 4125 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4126 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4127 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4128 } |
| 4129 } | |
| 4130 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4131 } | |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 /* | |
| 4134 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4135 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4136 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4137 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4138 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4139 */ |
| 4140 char_u * | |
| 4141 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4142 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4143 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4144 { |
| 4145 char_u *p; | |
| 4146 char_u *pend; | |
| 4147 int vimruntime; | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4150 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4151 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4152 return homedir; | |
| 4153 #endif | |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4156 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4157 p = NULL; | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4160 { |
| 4161 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4162 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4165 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4166 |
| 4167 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4168 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4169 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4170 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 p = pp; | |
| 4173 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4174 } | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 #endif | |
| 7 | 4177 return p; |
| 170 | 4178 } |
| 7 | 4179 |
| 4180 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4181 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4182 return NULL; | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 /* | |
| 4185 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4186 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4187 */ | |
| 4188 if (vimruntime | |
| 4189 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4190 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4191 #endif | |
| 4192 ) | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4195 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4196 p = NULL; | |
| 4197 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4200 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4201 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4202 else | |
| 4203 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4204 |
| 4205 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4206 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4209 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4210 |
| 4211 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4212 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4213 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4214 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4215 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4216 { | |
| 2786 | 4217 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4218 vim_free(p); |
| 4219 p = pp; | |
| 4220 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 #endif | |
| 7 | 4224 } |
| 4225 } | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 /* | |
| 4228 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4229 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4230 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4231 */ | |
| 4232 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4233 { | |
| 4234 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4235 p = p_hf; | |
| 4236 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4237 /* | |
| 4238 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4239 */ | |
| 4240 else | |
| 4241 p = exe_name; | |
| 4242 #endif | |
| 4243 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4244 { | |
| 4245 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4246 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4249 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4250 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4253 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4254 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4255 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4256 { | |
| 4257 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4258 char_u *pnew; |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4261 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4262 { | |
| 4263 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4264 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4265 { | |
| 4266 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4267 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4268 p = pnew; | |
| 4269 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 } | |
| 7 | 4272 } |
| 4273 # endif | |
| 4274 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4275 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4276 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4277 #endif | |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4280 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4281 { | |
| 4282 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4283 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4284 } | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4287 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4288 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4289 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4290 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4291 --pend; |
| 4292 #endif | |
| 4293 | |
| 768 | 4294 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4295 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4296 #endif | |
| 4297 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4298 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4299 |
| 4300 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4301 { | |
| 4302 vim_free(p); | |
| 4303 p = NULL; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 else | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4308 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4309 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4310 { | |
| 4311 vim_free(p); | |
| 4312 p = pend; | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 #endif | |
| 4315 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4316 } | |
| 4317 } | |
| 4318 } | |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4321 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4322 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4323 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4324 { | |
| 4325 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4326 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4329 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4330 } | |
| 4331 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4334 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4335 else | |
| 4336 { | |
| 4337 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4338 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4339 } | |
| 4340 } | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 #endif | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 /* | |
| 4345 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4346 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4347 */ | |
| 4348 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4349 { | |
| 4350 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4353 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4354 } | |
| 4355 else | |
| 4356 { | |
| 4357 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4358 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4359 } | |
| 4360 } | |
| 4361 return p; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 /* | |
| 4365 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4366 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4367 */ | |
| 4368 static char_u * | |
| 4369 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4370 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4371 { | |
| 4372 char_u *p; | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4375 return NULL; | |
| 4376 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4377 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4378 return p; | |
| 4379 vim_free(p); | |
| 4380 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4381 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4382 return p; | |
| 4383 vim_free(p); | |
| 4384 return NULL; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 /* | |
| 4388 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4389 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4390 */ | |
| 4391 static char_u * | |
| 4392 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4393 char_u *p; | |
| 4394 char_u *pend; | |
| 4395 char_u *name; | |
| 4396 { | |
| 4397 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4398 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 if (newend >= p | |
| 4401 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4402 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4403 return newend; |
| 4404 return pend; | |
| 4405 } | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 /* | |
| 4408 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4409 */ | |
| 4410 void | |
| 4411 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4412 char_u *name; | |
| 4413 char_u *val; | |
| 4414 { | |
| 4415 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4416 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4417 #else | |
| 4418 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 /* | |
| 4421 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4422 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4423 */ | |
| 4424 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4425 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4426 { | |
| 4427 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4428 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4431 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4432 /* | |
| 4433 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4434 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4435 */ | |
| 4436 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4441 { | |
| 4442 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4443 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4444 } | |
| 4445 } | |
| 4446 #endif | |
| 7 | 4447 } |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4450 /* | |
| 4451 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4452 */ | |
| 4453 char_u * | |
| 4454 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4455 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4456 int idx; |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4459 /* | |
| 4460 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4461 */ | |
| 4462 return NULL; | |
| 4463 # else | |
| 4464 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4465 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4466 extern char **environ; | |
| 4467 # endif | |
| 17 | 4468 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4469 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4470 char_u *str; |
| 4471 int n; | |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4474 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4475 return NULL; | |
| 4476 | |
| 17 | 4477 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4478 { |
| 4479 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4480 break; | |
| 4481 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4482 } | |
| 4483 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4484 return name; | |
| 4485 # endif | |
| 4486 } | |
| 3744 | 4487 |
| 4488 /* | |
| 4489 * Find all user names for user completion. | |
| 4490 * Done only once and then cached. | |
| 4491 */ | |
| 4492 static void | |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4493 init_users() |
|
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4494 { |
| 3744 | 4495 static int lazy_init_done = FALSE; |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 if (lazy_init_done) | |
| 4498 return; | |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 lazy_init_done = TRUE; | |
| 4501 ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20); | |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4504 { | |
| 4505 char_u* user; | |
| 4506 struct passwd* pw; | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 setpwent(); | |
| 4509 while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) | |
| 4510 /* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */ | |
| 4511 if (pw->pw_name != NULL) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 4514 break; | |
| 4515 user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name); | |
| 4516 if (user == NULL) | |
| 4517 break; | |
| 4518 ((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user; | |
| 4519 } | |
| 4520 endpwent(); | |
| 4521 } | |
| 4522 # endif | |
| 4523 } | |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 /* | |
| 4526 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names. | |
| 4527 */ | |
| 4528 char_u* | |
| 4529 get_users(xp, idx) | |
| 4530 expand_T *xp UNUSED; | |
| 4531 int idx; | |
| 4532 { | |
| 4533 init_users(); | |
| 4534 if (idx < ga_users.ga_len) | |
| 4535 return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx]; | |
| 4536 return NULL; | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 /* | |
| 4540 * Check whether name matches a user name. Return: | |
| 4541 * 0 if name does not match any user name. | |
| 4542 * 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name. | |
| 4543 * 2 is name fully matches a user name. | |
| 4544 */ | |
| 4545 int match_user(name) | |
| 4546 char_u* name; | |
| 4547 { | |
| 4548 int i; | |
| 4549 int n = (int)STRLEN(name); | |
| 4550 int result = 0; | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 init_users(); | |
| 4553 for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++) | |
| 4554 { | |
| 4555 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0) | |
| 4556 return 2; /* full match */ | |
| 4557 if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0) | |
| 4558 result = 1; /* partial match */ | |
| 4559 } | |
| 4560 return result; | |
| 4561 } | |
| 7 | 4562 #endif |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 /* | |
| 4565 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4566 * 'src'. | |
| 4567 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4568 */ | |
| 4569 void | |
| 4570 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4571 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4572 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4573 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4574 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4575 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4576 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4577 { | |
| 4578 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4579 size_t len; | |
| 3598 | 4580 char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig; |
| 7 | 4581 char_u *p; |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4584 { | |
| 4585 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4586 return; | |
| 4587 } | |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 /* | |
| 4590 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4591 */ | |
| 4592 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4593 { | |
| 4594 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4595 return; | |
| 4596 } | |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 /* | |
| 4599 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4600 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4601 */ | |
| 4602 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4603 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3598 | 4606 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); |
| 7 | 4607 #else |
| 3598 | 4608 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); |
| 4609 #endif | |
| 3658 | 4610 /* Empty is the same as not set. */ |
| 4611 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4612 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4613 | |
|
4752
77ecab3bb207
updated for version 7.3.1123
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4614 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 3658 | 4615 if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL) |
| 3598 | 4616 { |
| 4617 int usedlen = 0; | |
| 4618 int flen; | |
| 4619 char_u *fbuf = NULL; | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 3608 | 4622 (void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen, |
| 4623 &homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen); | |
| 3598 | 4624 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); |
| 4625 if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1])) | |
| 4626 /* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */ | |
| 4627 homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL; | |
| 4628 } | |
| 7 | 4629 #endif |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4632 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 if (!one) | |
| 4635 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4636 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4637 { | |
| 4638 /* | |
| 4639 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4640 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4641 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4642 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4643 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4644 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4645 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4646 */ | |
| 4647 p = homedir; | |
| 4648 len = dirlen; | |
| 4649 for (;;) | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 if ( len | |
| 4652 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4653 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4654 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4655 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4656 { | |
| 4657 src += len; | |
| 4658 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4659 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* | |
| 4662 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4663 */ | |
| 4664 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4665 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4666 break; | |
| 4667 } | |
| 4668 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4669 break; | |
| 4670 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4671 len = envlen; | |
| 4672 } | |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4675 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4676 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4677 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4678 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4679 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3598 | 4684 |
| 4685 if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig) | |
| 4686 vim_free(homedir_env); | |
| 7 | 4687 } |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 /* | |
| 4690 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4691 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4692 */ | |
| 4693 char_u * | |
| 4694 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4695 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4696 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4697 { | |
| 4698 char_u *dst; | |
| 4699 unsigned len; | |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4702 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4703 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4704 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4705 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4706 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4707 return dst; | |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 /* | |
| 4711 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4712 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4713 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4714 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4715 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4716 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4717 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4718 */ | |
| 4719 int | |
| 4720 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4721 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4722 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4723 { | |
| 4724 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4725 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4726 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4727 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4728 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4729 int r1, r2; | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4732 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4733 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4734 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4735 { | |
| 4736 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4737 if (checkname) | |
| 4738 { | |
| 4739 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4740 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4741 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4742 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4743 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4744 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4747 } | |
| 4748 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4749 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4750 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4751 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4752 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4753 #else | |
| 4754 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4755 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4756 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4757 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4758 int r1, r2; | |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4761 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4762 { | |
| 4763 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4764 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4767 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4768 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4771 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4772 { | |
| 4773 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4774 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4775 else | |
| 4776 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4777 } | |
| 4778 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4779 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4780 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4781 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4782 else | |
| 4783 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4784 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 return retval; | |
| 4787 #endif | |
| 4788 } | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* | |
| 10 | 4791 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4792 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4793 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4794 */ |
| 4795 char_u * | |
| 4796 gettail(fname) | |
| 4797 char_u *fname; | |
| 4798 { | |
| 4799 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4802 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4803 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4804 { | |
| 4805 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4806 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4807 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4808 } |
| 4809 return p1; | |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4812 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4813 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4814 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4815 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4816 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4817 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4818 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4819 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4820 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4821 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4822 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4823 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4824 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4825 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4826 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4827 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4828 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4829 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4830 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4831 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4832 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4833 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4834 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4836 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4837 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4838 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4839 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4840 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4841 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4842 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4843 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4844 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4845 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4846 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4848 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4849 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4850 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4851 |
| 7 | 4852 /* |
| 39 | 4853 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4854 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4855 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4856 */ | |
| 4857 char_u * | |
| 4858 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4859 char_u *fname; | |
| 4860 { | |
| 4861 char_u *p; | |
| 4862 char_u *t; | |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4865 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4866 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4867 --t; | |
| 4868 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4869 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4870 ++t; | |
| 4871 #endif | |
| 4872 return t; | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 /* | |
| 7 | 4876 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4877 */ | |
| 4878 char_u * | |
| 4879 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4880 char_u *fname; | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4883 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4884 if (*fname) |
| 4885 ++fname; | |
| 4886 return fname; | |
| 4887 } | |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 /* | |
| 4890 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4891 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4892 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4893 */ | |
| 4894 char_u * | |
| 4895 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4896 char_u *path; | |
| 4897 { | |
| 4898 char_u *retval; | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4901 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4902 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4903 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4904 else | |
| 4905 retval = path; | |
| 4906 #else | |
| 4907 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4908 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4909 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4910 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4911 retval = path; | |
| 4912 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4913 retval = path; | |
| 4914 # endif | |
| 4915 #endif | |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4918 ++retval; | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 return retval; | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 /* | |
| 4924 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4925 */ | |
| 4926 int | |
| 4927 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4928 int c; | |
| 4929 { | |
| 2823 | 4930 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4931 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4932 #else |
| 4933 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4934 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4935 # else |
| 4936 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4937 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4938 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4939 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4940 # else |
| 7 | 4941 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4942 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4943 # endif |
| 2823 | 4944 #endif |
| 7 | 4945 } |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4948 /* | |
| 4949 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4950 */ | |
| 4951 int | |
| 4952 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4953 int c; | |
| 4954 { | |
| 4955 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4956 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4957 #else | |
| 1224 | 4958 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4959 #endif |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 #endif | |
| 4962 | |
| 819 | 4963 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4964 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4965 /* | |
| 4966 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4967 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4968 */ | |
| 4969 void | |
| 4970 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4971 char_u *str; | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4974 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4977 d = str; | |
| 4978 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4979 { | |
| 4980 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4983 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4984 break; | |
| 4985 } | |
| 4986 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4987 { | |
| 4988 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4989 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4990 } | |
| 4991 else if (!skip) | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4994 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4995 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4996 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4997 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4998 { | |
| 4999 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 5002 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 5003 } |
| 5004 # endif | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 } | |
| 5007 } | |
| 5008 #endif | |
| 5009 | |
| 594 | 5010 /* |
| 5011 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 5012 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 5013 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 5014 */ | |
| 5015 int | |
| 5016 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 5017 char_u *fname; | |
| 5018 { | |
| 5019 char_u *p; | |
| 5020 int c; | |
| 5021 int retval; | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 5024 if (p == fname) | |
| 5025 return TRUE; | |
| 5026 c = *p; | |
| 5027 *p = NUL; | |
| 5028 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 5029 *p = c; | |
| 5030 return retval; | |
| 5031 } | |
| 5032 | |
| 4242 | 5033 /* |
| 5034 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally | |
| 5035 * and deal with 'fileignorecase'. | |
| 7 | 5036 */ |
| 5037 int | |
| 5038 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 5039 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5040 { | |
| 4242 | 5041 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 7 | 5042 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); |
| 4242 | 5043 #else |
| 5044 if (p_fic) | |
| 5045 return MB_STRICMP(x, y); | |
| 5046 return STRCMP(x, y); | |
| 5047 #endif | |
| 7 | 5048 } |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 int | |
| 5051 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 5052 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5053 size_t len; | |
| 5054 { | |
| 4242 | 5055 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4246 | 5056 char_u *px = x; |
| 5057 char_u *py = y; | |
| 5058 int cx = NUL; | |
| 5059 int cy = NUL; | |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 while (len > 0) | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 cx = PTR2CHAR(px); | |
| 5064 cy = PTR2CHAR(py); | |
| 5065 if (cx == NUL || cy == NUL | |
| 5066 || ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(cx) != MB_TOLOWER(cy) : cx != cy) | |
| 5067 && !(cx == '/' && cy == '\\') | |
| 5068 && !(cx == '\\' && cy == '/'))) | |
| 7 | 5069 break; |
| 4246 | 5070 len -= MB_PTR2LEN(px); |
| 5071 px += MB_PTR2LEN(px); | |
| 5072 py += MB_PTR2LEN(py); | |
| 7 | 5073 } |
| 5074 if (len == 0) | |
| 5075 return 0; | |
| 4246 | 5076 return (cx - cy); |
| 4242 | 5077 #else |
| 5078 if (p_fic) | |
| 5079 return MB_STRNICMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5080 return STRNCMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5081 #endif | |
| 5082 } | |
| 7 | 5083 |
| 5084 /* | |
| 5085 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 5086 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 5087 */ |
| 5088 char_u * | |
| 5089 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 5090 char_u *fname1; | |
| 5091 char_u *fname2; | |
| 5092 int sep; | |
| 5093 { | |
| 5094 char_u *dest; | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 5097 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5098 { | |
| 5099 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 5100 if (sep) | |
| 5101 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 5102 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 return dest; | |
| 5105 } | |
| 5106 | |
| 115 | 5107 /* |
| 5108 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 5109 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5110 */ | |
| 5111 char_u * | |
| 5112 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 5113 char_u *str1; | |
| 5114 char_u *str2; | |
| 5115 { | |
| 5116 char_u *dest; | |
| 5117 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5120 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5121 { | |
| 5122 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5123 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 return dest; | |
| 5126 } | |
| 5127 | |
| 7 | 5128 /* |
| 5129 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5130 * separator. | |
| 5131 */ | |
| 5132 void | |
| 5133 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5134 char_u *p; | |
| 5135 { | |
| 39 | 5136 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5137 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5138 } | |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 /* | |
| 5141 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5142 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5143 */ | |
| 5144 char_u * | |
| 5145 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5146 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5147 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5148 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5149 { |
| 5150 char_u *buf; | |
| 5151 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5154 return NULL; | |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5157 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5158 { | |
| 5159 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5160 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5161 else | |
| 5162 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5163 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 return new_fname; | |
| 5166 } | |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 /* | |
| 5173 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5174 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5175 */ | |
| 5176 pos_T * | |
| 5177 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5178 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5179 { | |
| 5180 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5181 char_u *line; | |
| 5182 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5183 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 for (;;) | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5188 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5189 break; | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 /* | |
| 5192 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5193 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5194 */ | |
| 5195 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5196 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5197 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5198 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5199 break; |
| 5200 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5201 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 pos = NULL; | |
| 5204 break; | |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 } | |
| 7 | 5207 return pos; |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 /* | |
| 5211 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5212 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5213 */ | |
| 5214 static char_u * | |
| 5215 skip_string(p) | |
| 5216 char_u *p; | |
| 5217 { | |
| 5218 int i; | |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 /* | |
| 5221 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5222 */ | |
| 5223 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5224 { | |
| 5225 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5226 { | |
| 5227 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5228 break; | |
| 5229 i = 2; | |
| 5230 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 ++i; | |
| 5233 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5234 ++i; | |
| 5235 } | |
| 5236 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5237 { | |
| 5238 p += i; | |
| 5239 continue; | |
| 5240 } | |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5243 { | |
| 5244 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5245 { | |
| 5246 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5247 ++p; | |
| 5248 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5249 break; | |
| 5250 } | |
| 5251 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5252 continue; | |
| 5253 } | |
| 5254 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5255 } | |
| 5256 if (!*p) | |
| 5257 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5258 return p; | |
| 5259 } | |
| 5260 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 /* | |
| 5265 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5266 */ | |
| 5267 void | |
| 5268 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5269 { | |
| 5270 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5271 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5272 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5273 else | |
| 5274 # endif | |
| 5275 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5276 } | |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 /* | |
| 5279 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5280 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5281 */ | |
| 5282 /* | |
| 5283 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5284 */ | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5287 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5288 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5289 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5290 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5291 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5292 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5293 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 5294 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5295 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5296 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5297 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5298 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5299 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5300 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5301 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 5302 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 5303 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5304 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5305 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5306 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 5307 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 5308 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 5309 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5310 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 5311 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 5312 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4184 | 5313 static int cin_starts_with __ARGS((char_u *s, char *word)); |
| 7 | 5314 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); |
| 5315 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5316 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5317 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 5318 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 5319 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 5320 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5321 |
| 1096 | 5322 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 5323 | |
| 7 | 5324 /* |
| 5325 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5326 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5327 */ |
| 5328 static char_u * | |
| 5329 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5330 char_u *s; | |
| 5331 { | |
| 5332 while (*s) | |
| 5333 { | |
| 1096 | 5334 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5335 | |
| 7 | 5336 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5337 |
| 5338 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5339 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5340 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5343 break; | |
| 5344 } | |
| 7 | 5345 if (*s != '/') |
| 5346 break; | |
| 5347 ++s; | |
| 5348 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5351 break; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5354 break; | |
| 5355 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5356 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 s += 2; | |
| 5359 break; | |
| 5360 } | |
| 5361 } | |
| 5362 return s; | |
| 5363 } | |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 /* | |
| 2805 | 5366 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5367 * not considered code. |
| 5368 */ | |
| 5369 static int | |
| 5370 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5371 char_u *s; | |
| 5372 { | |
| 5373 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5374 } | |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 /* | |
| 5377 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5378 */ | |
| 5379 static pos_T * | |
| 5380 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5381 { | |
| 5382 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5383 char_u *line; | |
| 5384 char_u *p; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5387 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5388 { | |
| 5389 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5390 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5391 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5392 { | |
| 5393 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5394 return &pos; | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5397 break; | |
| 5398 } | |
| 5399 return NULL; | |
| 5400 } | |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 /* | |
| 5403 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5404 */ | |
| 5405 static int | |
| 5406 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5407 char_u **s; | |
| 5408 { | |
| 5409 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5410 return FALSE; | |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5413 (*s)++; | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5418 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5419 } | |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 /* | |
| 5422 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5423 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5424 */ | |
| 5425 int | |
| 5426 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5427 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 char_u *s; | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 /* | |
| 5434 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5435 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5436 */ | |
| 5437 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5438 return FALSE; | |
| 5439 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5440 return FALSE; | |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5443 { | |
| 5444 /* | |
| 5445 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5446 * label. | |
| 5447 */ | |
| 5448 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5449 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5450 char_u *line; | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5453 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5454 { | |
| 5455 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 /* | |
| 5458 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5459 */ | |
| 5460 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5461 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5462 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5465 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5466 continue; | |
| 5467 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5468 continue; | |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5471 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5472 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5473 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5474 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5475 return TRUE; | |
| 5476 return FALSE; | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5479 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5480 } | |
| 5481 return FALSE; | |
| 5482 } | |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 /* | |
| 4184 | 5485 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations: |
| 5486 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum" | |
| 5487 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {" | |
| 7 | 5488 */ |
| 5489 static int | |
| 5490 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5491 { | |
| 5492 char_u *s; | |
| 4184 | 5493 static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"}; |
| 7 | 5494 |
| 5495 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5496 | |
| 4184 | 5497 if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef")) |
| 7 | 5498 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); |
| 5499 | |
| 4184 | 5500 for (;;) |
| 5501 { | |
| 5502 int i, l; | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i) | |
| 5505 { | |
| 4207 | 5506 l = (int)strlen(skip[i]); |
| 4184 | 5507 if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i])) |
| 5508 { | |
| 5509 s = cin_skipcomment(s + l); | |
| 5510 l = 0; | |
| 5511 break; | |
| 5512 } | |
| 5513 } | |
| 5514 if (l != 0) | |
| 5515 break; | |
| 5516 } | |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum")) | |
| 7 | 5519 return TRUE; |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5522 return TRUE; | |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 return FALSE; | |
| 5525 } | |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 /* | |
| 5528 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5529 */ | |
| 5530 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5531 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5532 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5533 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5534 { |
| 5535 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 4184 | 5536 if (cin_starts_with(s, "case")) |
| 7 | 5537 { |
| 5538 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5539 { | |
| 5540 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5541 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5542 { | |
| 5543 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5544 ++s; | |
| 5545 else | |
| 5546 return TRUE; | |
| 5547 } | |
| 5548 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5549 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5550 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5551 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5552 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5553 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5554 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5555 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5556 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5557 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5558 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5559 } |
| 7 | 5560 } |
| 5561 return FALSE; | |
| 5562 } | |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5565 return TRUE; | |
| 5566 return FALSE; | |
| 5567 } | |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 /* | |
| 5570 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5571 */ | |
| 5572 static int | |
| 5573 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5574 char_u *s; | |
| 5575 { | |
| 5576 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5577 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5578 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5579 } | |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5582 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5583 */ |
| 5584 int | |
| 5585 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5586 char_u *s; | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 int i; | |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5591 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5592 i = 6; | |
| 5593 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5594 i = 9; | |
| 5595 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5596 i = 7; | |
| 5597 else | |
| 5598 return FALSE; | |
| 5599 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 2857 | 5602 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5603 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 /* | |
| 5606 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5607 */ | |
| 5608 static int | |
| 5609 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5610 char_u *s; | |
| 5611 { | |
| 5612 char_u *p; | |
| 5613 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5616 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5617 { | |
| 5618 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5619 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5620 { | |
| 5621 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5622 { | |
| 5623 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5624 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5625 } | |
| 5626 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 break; | |
| 5629 } | |
| 5630 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 if (has_name) | |
| 5633 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5634 ++p; | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 else | |
| 5637 { | |
| 5638 return FALSE; | |
| 5639 } | |
| 5640 } | |
| 5641 return TRUE; | |
| 5642 } | |
| 5643 return FALSE; | |
| 5644 } | |
| 5645 | |
| 7 | 5646 /* |
| 5647 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5648 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5649 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5650 * ^ | |
| 5651 */ | |
| 5652 static char_u * | |
| 5653 after_label(l) | |
| 5654 char_u *l; | |
| 5655 { | |
| 5656 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5657 { | |
| 5658 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5659 { | |
| 5660 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5661 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5662 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5663 break; |
| 5664 } | |
| 5665 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5666 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5667 } | |
| 5668 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5669 return NULL; | |
| 5670 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5671 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5672 return NULL; | |
| 5673 return l; | |
| 5674 } | |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 /* | |
| 5677 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5678 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5679 */ | |
| 5680 static int | |
| 5681 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5682 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5683 { | |
| 5684 char_u *l; | |
| 5685 pos_T fp; | |
| 5686 colnr_T col; | |
| 5687 char_u *p; | |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5690 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5691 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5692 return 0; | |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5695 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5696 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5697 return (int)col; | |
| 5698 } | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 /* | |
| 5701 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5702 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5703 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5704 * ^ | |
| 5705 */ | |
| 5706 static int | |
| 5707 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5708 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5709 char_u **pp; | |
| 5710 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5711 { | |
| 5712 char_u *l; | |
| 5713 int amount; | |
| 5714 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5717 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5718 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5719 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5720 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5721 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5722 { |
| 5723 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5724 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5725 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5726 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5727 } | |
| 5728 else | |
| 5729 { | |
| 5730 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5731 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5732 } | |
| 5733 *pp = l; | |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5736 return amount; | |
| 5737 } | |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 /* | |
| 5740 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5741 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5742 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5743 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5744 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5745 */ | |
| 5746 static int | |
| 5747 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5748 { | |
| 5749 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5750 int len; | |
| 5751 pos_T fp; | |
| 5752 colnr_T col; | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5755 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5756 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5757 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5758 { | |
| 5759 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5760 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5761 } |
| 5762 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5763 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5764 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5765 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5766 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5767 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5768 { | |
| 5769 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5770 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5771 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5772 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5773 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5774 p = s; | |
| 5775 } | |
| 5776 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5777 ; | |
| 5778 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5779 return 0; | |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5782 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5783 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5784 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5785 return (int)col; | |
| 5786 } | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 /* | |
| 5789 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5790 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5791 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5792 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5793 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5794 * asdf\ | |
| 5795 * here"; | |
| 5796 */ | |
| 5797 static int | |
| 5798 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5799 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5800 { | |
| 5801 char_u *line; | |
| 5802 char_u *s; | |
| 5803 colnr_T col; | |
| 5804 pos_T fp; | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5807 { | |
| 5808 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5809 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5810 return -1; | |
| 5811 } | |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5814 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5815 { | |
| 5816 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5817 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5818 else | |
| 5819 ++s; | |
| 5820 } | |
| 5821 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5822 return 0; | |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5825 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5826 return 0; | |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5829 ++s; | |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5832 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5833 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5834 return (int)col; | |
| 5835 } | |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 /* | |
| 5838 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5839 */ | |
| 5840 static int | |
| 5841 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5842 char_u *s; | |
| 5843 { | |
| 2776 | 5844 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5845 return TRUE; |
| 5846 return FALSE; | |
| 5847 } | |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 /* | |
| 5850 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5851 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5852 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5853 */ | |
| 5854 static int | |
| 5855 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5856 char_u **pp; | |
| 5857 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5858 { | |
| 5859 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5860 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5861 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5862 | |
| 408 | 5863 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5864 { |
| 5865 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5866 { | |
| 5867 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5868 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5869 break; | |
| 5870 } | |
| 5871 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5872 break; | |
| 5873 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5874 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5875 break; | |
| 5876 } | |
| 5877 | |
| 5878 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5879 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5880 return retval; | |
| 5881 } | |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 /* | |
| 5884 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5885 */ | |
| 5886 static int | |
| 5887 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5888 char_u *p; | |
| 5889 { | |
| 5890 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5891 } | |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 /* | |
| 5894 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5895 */ | |
| 5896 static int | |
| 5897 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5898 char_u *p; | |
| 5899 { | |
| 5900 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5901 } | |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 /* | |
| 2805 | 5904 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5905 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5906 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5907 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5908 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5909 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5910 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5911 */ | |
| 5912 static int | |
| 5913 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5914 char_u *s; | |
| 5915 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5916 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5917 { | |
| 2843 | 5918 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5919 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5920 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5921 |
| 5922 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5925 found_start = *s; | |
| 5926 | |
| 2843 | 5927 if (!found_start) |
| 5928 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5929 | |
| 7 | 5930 while (*s) |
| 5931 { | |
| 5932 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5933 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5934 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5935 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5936 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5937 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5938 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5939 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5940 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5941 { | |
| 5942 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5943 return *s; | |
| 5944 else | |
| 5945 ++n_open; | |
| 5946 } | |
| 7 | 5947 |
| 5948 if (*s) | |
| 5949 s++; | |
| 5950 } | |
| 5951 return found_start; | |
| 5952 } | |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 /* | |
| 5955 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5956 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5957 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5958 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5959 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5960 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5961 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5962 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5963 */ |
| 5964 static int | |
| 3220 | 5965 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5966 char_u **sp; |
| 5967 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5968 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5969 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5970 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5971 { |
| 5972 char_u *s; | |
| 5973 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5974 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5975 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5976 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5977 |
| 5978 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5979 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5980 else | |
| 5981 s = *sp; | |
| 5982 | |
| 3220 | 5983 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5984 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5985 { | |
| 5986 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5987 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5988 return FALSE; | |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5991 } | |
| 5992 | |
| 2776 | 5993 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 5994 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5995 return FALSE; | |
| 5996 | |
| 7 | 5997 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 5998 { | |
| 5999 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6000 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6001 else | |
| 6002 ++s; | |
| 6003 } | |
| 6004 if (*s != '(') | |
| 6005 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 6008 { | |
| 6009 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6010 { | |
| 6011 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 6012 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 6013 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 6014 * defined(y) | |
| 6015 */ | |
| 6016 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 6017 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6018 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 6019 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6020 goto done; | |
| 6021 } | |
| 2776 | 6022 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 6023 { | |
| 6024 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6027 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 6028 * func(arg1 | |
| 6029 * , arg2) */ | |
| 6030 for (;;) | |
| 6031 { | |
| 6032 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6033 break; | |
| 6034 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 6035 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6036 break; | |
| 6037 } | |
| 7 | 6038 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 6039 break; | |
| 2776 | 6040 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 6041 * start of next line. */ | |
| 6042 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 6043 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 6044 break; |
| 3220 | 6045 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6046 } |
| 6047 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6048 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6049 else | |
| 3220 | 6050 { |
| 7 | 6051 ++s; |
| 3220 | 6052 just_started = FALSE; |
| 6053 } | |
| 7 | 6054 } |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 done: | |
| 6057 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 6058 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 return retval; | |
| 6061 } | |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 static int | |
| 6064 cin_isif(p) | |
| 6065 char_u *p; | |
| 6066 { | |
| 6067 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6068 } | |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 static int | |
| 6071 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 6072 char_u *p; | |
| 6073 { | |
| 6074 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 6075 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 6076 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 6077 } | |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 static int | |
| 6080 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 6081 char_u *p; | |
| 6082 { | |
| 6083 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6084 } | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 /* | |
| 6087 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 6088 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 6089 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 6090 */ | |
| 6091 static int | |
| 6092 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 6093 char_u *p; | |
| 6094 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6095 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6096 { | |
| 6097 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6098 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6099 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6102 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6103 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6104 if (cin_starts_with(p, "while")) |
| 7 | 6105 { |
| 6106 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6107 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6108 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6109 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6110 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 6111 { | |
| 6112 ++p; | |
| 6113 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6114 } | |
| 6115 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 6116 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 6117 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6118 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6119 } | |
| 6120 return retval; | |
| 6121 } | |
| 6122 | |
| 829 | 6123 /* |
| 3461 | 6124 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 6125 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 6126 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 6127 * string was found. | |
| 6128 */ | |
| 6129 static int | |
| 3461 | 6130 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 6131 char_u *line; |
| 6132 int *poffset; | |
| 6133 { | |
| 3461 | 6134 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6135 |
| 6136 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6137 return 0; | |
| 6138 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6139 --offset; | |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 offset -= 1; | |
| 6142 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6143 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6146 { | |
| 6147 offset -= 1; | |
| 6148 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6149 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6152 { | |
| 6153 offset -= 2; | |
| 6154 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6155 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6156 } | |
| 6157 } | |
| 6158 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6159 |
| 3454 | 6160 probablyFound: |
| 6161 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6162 { | |
| 6163 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6164 return 1; | |
| 6165 } | |
| 6166 return 0; | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 /* | |
| 829 | 6170 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6171 * do | |
| 6172 * nothing; | |
| 6173 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6174 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6175 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6176 */ | |
| 6177 static int | |
| 6178 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 6179 int terminated; | |
| 6180 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6181 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 char_u *line; | |
| 6184 char_u *p; | |
| 6185 char_u *s; | |
| 6186 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6187 int i; | |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6190 return FALSE; | |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6193 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6194 { | |
| 6195 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6196 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6197 { | |
| 6198 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6199 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6200 { | |
| 6201 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6202 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6203 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6204 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 6205 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6206 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6209 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6210 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6211 if (cin_starts_with(s, "while")) |
| 829 | 6212 { |
| 6213 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6214 return TRUE; | |
| 6215 } | |
| 6216 } | |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6219 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6220 p = line + i; | |
| 6221 } | |
| 6222 } | |
| 6223 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6224 ++p; | |
| 6225 } | |
| 6226 return FALSE; | |
| 6227 } | |
| 6228 | |
| 7 | 6229 static int |
| 6230 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6231 char_u *p; | |
| 6232 { | |
| 6233 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 | |
| 828 | 6236 /* |
| 6237 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6238 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6239 * | |
| 6240 * class MyClass : | |
| 6241 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6242 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6243 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6244 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6245 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6246 * |
| 6247 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6248 */ |
| 6249 static int | |
| 1336 | 6250 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6251 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6252 { |
| 6253 char_u *s; | |
| 6254 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6255 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6256 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6257 |
| 6258 *col = 0; | |
| 6259 | |
| 17 | 6260 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6261 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6262 return FALSE; | |
| 6263 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6264 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6265 return FALSE; | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6268 | |
| 828 | 6269 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6270 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6271 * a = cond ? | |
| 6272 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6273 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6274 * func::foo() |
| 6275 * : something | |
| 6276 * {} | |
| 6277 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6278 * : something(4), | |
| 6279 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6280 * {} | |
| 6281 */ | |
| 6282 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6283 { | |
| 1336 | 6284 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6285 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6286 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6287 break; | |
| 6288 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6289 { | |
| 6290 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6291 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6292 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6293 break; | |
| 6294 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6295 ++s; | |
| 6296 } | |
| 6297 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6298 break; | |
| 6299 --lnum; | |
| 6300 } | |
| 6301 | |
| 1336 | 6302 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6303 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6304 for (;;) |
| 6305 { | |
| 6306 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6307 { | |
| 6308 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6309 break; | |
| 6310 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6311 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6312 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6313 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6314 continue; | |
| 828 | 6315 } |
| 6316 | |
| 2807 | 6317 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6318 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6319 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6320 { |
| 6321 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6322 { | |
| 6323 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6324 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6325 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6326 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6327 } | |
| 6328 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6329 { | |
| 6330 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6331 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6332 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6333 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6334 *col = 0; | |
| 6335 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6336 } | |
| 6337 else | |
| 6338 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6339 } | |
| 6340 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6341 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6342 { | |
| 6343 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6344 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6347 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6348 else | |
| 6349 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6350 } | |
| 6351 else | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6354 { | |
| 6355 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6356 } | |
| 6357 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6358 { | |
| 6359 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6360 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6361 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6362 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6363 } | |
| 827 | 6364 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6365 { | |
| 6366 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6367 return FALSE; | |
| 6368 } | |
| 7 | 6369 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6370 { | |
| 6371 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6372 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6373 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6374 } | |
| 6375 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6376 { | |
| 6377 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6378 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6381 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6382 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6383 } | |
| 6384 | |
| 828 | 6385 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6386 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6387 *col = 0; | |
| 6388 | |
| 7 | 6389 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6390 } | |
| 6391 } | |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6394 } | |
| 6395 | |
| 828 | 6396 static int |
| 6397 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6398 int col; | |
| 6399 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6400 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6401 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6402 { | |
| 6403 int amount; | |
| 6404 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6405 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 if (col == 0) | |
| 6408 { | |
| 6409 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6410 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6411 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6412 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6413 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6414 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6415 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6416 } | |
| 6417 else | |
| 6418 { | |
| 6419 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6420 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6421 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6422 } | |
| 6423 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6424 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6425 return amount; | |
| 6426 } | |
| 6427 | |
| 7 | 6428 /* |
| 6429 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6430 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6431 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6432 */ | |
| 6433 static int | |
| 6434 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6435 char_u *s; | |
| 6436 char_u *find; | |
| 6437 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6438 { | |
| 6439 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6440 char_u *r; | |
| 6441 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6444 { | |
| 6445 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6446 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 6448 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6449 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6450 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6451 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6452 return TRUE; | |
| 6453 } | |
| 6454 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6455 ++p; | |
| 6456 } | |
| 6457 return FALSE; | |
| 6458 } | |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 /* | |
| 4184 | 6461 * Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character. |
| 6462 */ | |
| 6463 static int | |
| 6464 cin_starts_with(s, word) | |
| 6465 char_u *s; | |
| 6466 char *word; | |
| 6467 { | |
| 4207 | 6468 int l = (int)STRLEN(word); |
| 4184 | 6469 |
| 6470 return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l])); | |
| 6471 } | |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 /* | |
| 7 | 6474 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". |
| 6475 * Return the column found. | |
| 6476 */ | |
| 6477 static int | |
| 6478 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6479 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6480 { | |
| 6481 char_u *line; | |
| 6482 char_u *p; | |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6485 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6488 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6489 else | |
| 6490 { | |
| 6491 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6492 ++p; | |
| 6493 } | |
| 6494 } | |
| 6495 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6496 } | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 /* | |
| 6499 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6500 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6501 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6502 * work. */ | |
| 6503 /* foo() */ | |
| 6504 /* { */ | |
| 6505 /* } */ | |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 static pos_T * | |
| 6508 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6509 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6510 { | |
| 6511 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6512 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6513 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6514 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6517 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6520 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6521 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6522 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6523 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6524 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6525 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6526 break; | |
| 6527 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6528 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6529 } | |
| 6530 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6531 return trypos; | |
| 6532 } | |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 /* | |
| 6535 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6536 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6537 */ |
| 6538 static pos_T * | |
| 6539 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6540 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6541 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6542 { | |
| 6543 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6544 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6545 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6546 |
| 6547 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6548 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6549 { | |
| 6550 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6551 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6552 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6553 else | |
| 6554 { | |
| 6555 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6556 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6557 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6558 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6559 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6560 } | |
| 6561 } | |
| 6562 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6563 return trypos; | |
| 6564 } | |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 /* | |
| 6567 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6568 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6569 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6570 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6571 */ | |
| 6572 static int | |
| 6573 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6574 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6575 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6576 { | |
| 6577 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6580 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6581 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6582 } | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 /* | |
| 6585 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6586 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6587 */ |
| 6588 static int | |
| 6589 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6590 char_u *l; | |
| 6591 int start, end; | |
| 6592 { | |
| 6593 int i; | |
| 6594 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6595 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6598 | |
| 3172 | 6599 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6600 { |
| 6601 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6602 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6603 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6604 ++open_count; | |
| 6605 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6606 { | |
| 6607 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6608 --open_count; | |
| 6609 else | |
| 6610 { | |
| 6611 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6612 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6613 } | |
| 6614 } | |
| 6615 } | |
| 6616 return retval; | |
| 6617 } | |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 int | |
| 6620 get_c_indent() | |
| 6621 { | |
| 3740 | 6622 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 6623 | |
| 7 | 6624 /* |
| 6625 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6626 * block should be | |
| 6627 */ | |
| 3740 | 6628 |
| 6629 int ind_level = sw; | |
| 7 | 6630 |
| 6631 /* | |
| 6632 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6633 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6634 */ | |
| 6635 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6638 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6639 * an opening brace. |
| 6640 */ | |
| 6641 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 /* | |
| 6644 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6645 */ | |
| 6646 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 /* | |
| 6649 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6650 * located | |
| 6651 */ | |
| 6652 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 /* | |
| 6655 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6656 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6657 * brace should be located | |
| 6658 */ | |
| 6659 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 /* | |
| 6662 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6663 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6664 */ | |
| 6665 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6668 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6669 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6670 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6671 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6672 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6673 /* |
| 7 | 6674 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6675 */ | |
| 3740 | 6676 int ind_case = sw; |
| 7 | 6677 |
| 6678 /* | |
| 6679 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6680 */ | |
| 3740 | 6681 int ind_case_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6682 |
| 6683 /* | |
| 6684 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6685 */ | |
| 6686 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 /* | |
| 6689 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6690 * should be located | |
| 6691 */ | |
| 3740 | 6692 int ind_scopedecl = sw; |
| 7 | 6693 |
| 6694 /* | |
| 6695 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6696 */ | |
| 3740 | 6697 int ind_scopedecl_code = sw; |
| 7 | 6698 |
| 6699 /* | |
| 6700 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6701 */ | |
| 3740 | 6702 int ind_param = sw; |
| 7 | 6703 |
| 6704 /* | |
| 6705 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6706 */ | |
| 3740 | 6707 int ind_func_type = sw; |
| 7 | 6708 |
| 6709 /* | |
| 6710 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6711 * should be indented | |
| 6712 */ | |
| 3740 | 6713 int ind_cpp_baseclass = sw; |
| 7 | 6714 |
| 6715 /* | |
| 6716 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6717 * should be located | |
| 6718 */ | |
| 3740 | 6719 int ind_continuation = sw; |
| 7 | 6720 |
| 6721 /* | |
| 6722 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6723 */ | |
| 3740 | 6724 int ind_unclosed = sw * 2; |
| 7 | 6725 |
| 6726 /* | |
| 6727 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6728 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6729 */ | |
| 3740 | 6730 int ind_unclosed2 = sw; |
| 7 | 6731 |
| 6732 /* | |
| 6733 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6734 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6735 */ | |
| 6736 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 /* | |
| 6739 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6740 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6741 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6742 */ | |
| 6743 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 /* | |
| 6746 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6747 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6748 */ | |
| 6749 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 /* | |
| 6752 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6753 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6754 */ | |
| 6755 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 /* | |
| 829 | 6758 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6759 */ | |
| 6760 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 /* | |
| 7 | 6763 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6764 */ | |
| 6765 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 /* | |
| 6768 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6769 */ | |
| 6770 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 /* | |
| 6773 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6774 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6775 */ | |
| 6776 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 /* | |
| 6779 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6780 */ | |
| 6781 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 /* | |
| 6784 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6785 */ | |
| 6786 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 /* | |
| 6789 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6790 */ | |
| 6791 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6794 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6795 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6796 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6797 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6798 /* |
| 7 | 6799 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6800 */ | |
| 6801 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6802 | |
| 2857 | 6803 /* |
| 6804 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6805 */ | |
| 6806 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6807 | |
| 3454 | 6808 /* |
| 6809 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6810 * while() | |
| 6811 */ | |
| 6812 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6813 | |
| 7 | 6814 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6815 int amount; | |
| 6816 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6817 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6818 colnr_T col; |
| 6819 char_u *theline; | |
| 6820 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6821 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6822 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6823 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6824 char_u *start; | |
| 6825 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6826 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6827 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6828 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6829 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6830 char_u *l; | |
| 6831 char_u *look; | |
| 6832 char_u terminated; | |
| 6833 int lookfor; | |
| 6834 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6835 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6836 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6837 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6838 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6839 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6840 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6841 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6842 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6843 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6844 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 int whilelevel; | |
| 6847 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6848 char_u *options; | |
| 3578 | 6849 char_u *digits; |
| 7 | 6850 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ |
| 6851 int divider; | |
| 6852 int n; | |
| 6853 int iscase; | |
| 6854 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6855 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6856 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6857 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6858 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6859 |
| 6860 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6861 { | |
| 6862 l = options++; | |
| 6863 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6864 ++options; | |
| 3578 | 6865 digits = options; /* remember where the digits start */ |
| 7 | 6866 n = getdigits(&options); |
| 6867 divider = 0; | |
| 6868 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6869 { | |
| 6870 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6871 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6872 { | |
| 6873 ++options; | |
| 6874 if (divider) | |
| 6875 divider *= 10; | |
| 6876 else | |
| 6877 divider = 10; | |
| 6878 } | |
| 6879 } | |
| 6880 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6881 { | |
| 3578 | 6882 if (options == digits) |
| 3740 | 6883 n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ |
| 7 | 6884 else |
| 6885 { | |
| 3740 | 6886 n *= sw; |
| 7 | 6887 if (divider) |
| 3740 | 6888 n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; |
| 7 | 6889 } |
| 6890 ++options; | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6893 n = -n; | |
| 6894 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6895 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6896 switch (*l) |
| 6897 { | |
| 6898 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6899 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6900 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6901 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6902 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6903 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6904 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6905 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6906 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6907 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6908 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6909 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6910 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6911 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6912 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6913 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6914 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6915 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6916 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6917 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6918 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6919 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6920 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6921 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6922 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6923 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6924 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6925 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6926 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6927 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6928 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6929 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6930 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6931 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6932 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6933 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6934 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6935 ++options; |
| 7 | 6936 } |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6939 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6940 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6941 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6942 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6943 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6944 |
| 7 | 6945 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6946 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6947 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6948 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6949 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6950 return 0; | |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 /* | |
| 6953 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6954 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6955 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6956 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6957 * check for that. | |
| 6958 */ | |
| 6959 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6960 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6961 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6962 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6969 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6970 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6971 |
| 7 | 6972 /* |
| 6973 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6974 */ | |
| 6975 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6976 { | |
| 6977 amount = 0; | |
| 6978 } | |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6981 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6982 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6983 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6984 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6985 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6986 { |
| 6987 amount = 0; | |
| 6988 } | |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 /* | |
| 6991 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6992 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6993 */ | |
| 6994 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6995 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6996 { | |
| 6997 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6998 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6999 amount = col; | |
| 7000 } | |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 /* | |
| 7003 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 7004 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 7005 */ | |
| 7006 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 7007 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 7008 { | |
| 7009 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 7010 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 7011 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 7012 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 7013 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 7014 char_u *p; | |
| 7015 int start_align = 0; | |
| 7016 int start_off = 0; | |
| 7017 int done = FALSE; | |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7020 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7021 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 7022 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 7023 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 7024 |
| 7025 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 7026 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7027 { | |
| 7028 int align = 0; | |
| 7029 int off = 0; | |
| 7030 int what = 0; | |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 7033 { | |
| 7034 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7035 what = *p++; | |
| 7036 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 7037 align = *p++; | |
| 7038 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 7039 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7040 else | |
| 7041 ++p; | |
| 7042 } | |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 if (*p == ':') | |
| 7045 ++p; | |
| 7046 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 7047 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 7048 { | |
| 7049 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 7050 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 7051 start_off = off; | |
| 7052 start_align = align; | |
| 7053 } | |
| 7054 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7055 { | |
| 7056 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 7057 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 7058 } | |
| 7059 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 7060 { | |
| 7061 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 7062 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 7063 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 7064 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 7065 { | |
| 7066 done = TRUE; | |
| 7067 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7068 { | |
| 7069 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 7070 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 7071 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 7072 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 7073 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 7074 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 7075 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7076 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 7077 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 7078 { | |
| 7079 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7080 break; | |
| 7081 } | |
| 7082 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 7083 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 7084 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 7085 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 7086 continue; | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 7089 amount += start_off; | |
| 7090 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7091 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7092 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7093 break; |
| 7094 } | |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 7097 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 7098 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 7099 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7102 /* XXX */ | |
| 7103 if (off != 0) | |
| 7104 amount += off; | |
| 7105 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7106 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7107 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7108 done = TRUE; |
| 7109 break; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 } | |
| 7112 } | |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 7115 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 7116 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 7117 */ | |
| 7118 if (done) | |
| 7119 ; | |
| 7120 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 7121 amount += 1; | |
| 7122 else | |
| 7123 { | |
| 7124 /* | |
| 7125 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 7126 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 7127 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 7128 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 7129 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 7130 */ | |
| 7131 amount = -1; | |
| 7132 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7133 { | |
| 7134 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 7135 continue; | |
| 7136 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7137 break; | |
| 7138 } | |
| 7139 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 7140 { | |
| 7141 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 7142 { | |
| 7143 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 7144 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 7145 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 7146 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 7147 } | |
| 7148 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7149 amount = col; | |
| 7150 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 7151 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 7152 } | |
| 7153 } | |
| 7154 } | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 /* | |
| 7157 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 7158 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7159 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7160 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 7161 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 7162 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 7163 { | |
| 7164 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7165 { | |
| 7166 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7167 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7168 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7169 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7170 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7171 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7172 else | |
| 7173 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7174 } | |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7177 { | |
| 7178 /* | |
| 7179 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7180 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7181 */ | |
| 829 | 7182 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 7183 { | |
| 7184 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7185 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7186 } | |
| 7187 else | |
| 7188 { | |
| 7189 amount = -1; | |
| 7190 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7191 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7192 { |
| 829 | 7193 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7194 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7195 continue; | |
| 7196 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7197 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7198 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7199 | |
| 7200 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 7201 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7202 { | |
| 7203 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7204 continue; | |
| 7205 } | |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 /* XXX */ | |
| 7208 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7209 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 7210 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 7211 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7212 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7213 { | |
| 7214 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7217 { | |
| 7218 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7219 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7220 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7221 amount = -1; | |
| 7222 } | |
| 7223 break; | |
| 7224 } | |
| 7 | 7225 } |
| 7226 } | |
| 7227 | |
| 7228 /* | |
| 7229 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7230 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7231 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7232 */ | |
| 7233 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7234 { | |
| 829 | 7235 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7236 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7241 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7242 | |
| 7243 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7244 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7245 char_u *line; | |
| 7246 | |
| 7247 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7248 do { | |
| 7249 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7250 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7251 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7254 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7257 | |
| 7258 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7261 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7262 } |
| 829 | 7263 |
| 7 | 7264 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 7265 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7266 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7267 { | |
| 7268 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7269 char_u *line; | |
| 7270 int look_col; | |
| 7271 | |
| 7272 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7273 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7274 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7275 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7276 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7277 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 7278 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7279 != NULL | |
| 7280 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7281 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7282 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7285 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7286 } | |
| 3454 | 7287 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 7288 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 7289 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 7290 { |
| 7291 /* | |
| 7292 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7293 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 7294 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 7295 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 7296 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 7297 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 7298 * lines). | |
| 7299 */ | |
| 7300 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7301 { | |
| 7302 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7303 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 7304 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 7305 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 7306 { | |
| 7307 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7308 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7309 n = 1; | |
| 7310 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7311 { | |
| 7312 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 case '(': | |
| 7315 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7316 break; | |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 case ')': | |
| 7319 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7320 --n; | |
| 7321 break; | |
| 7322 } | |
| 7323 } | |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 7326 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 7329 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7330 else | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7333 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7334 col++; | |
| 7335 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7336 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7337 else | |
| 7338 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7339 } | |
| 7340 } | |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 /* | |
| 7343 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7344 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7345 */ | |
| 7346 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7347 { | |
| 7348 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7349 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7350 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7351 } | |
| 7352 } | |
| 7353 | |
| 7354 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 7355 { | |
| 7356 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7357 } | |
| 3454 | 7358 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7359 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7360 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7361 { |
| 7362 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7363 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7364 } | |
| 7365 else | |
| 7366 { | |
| 829 | 7367 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7368 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7369 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7370 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7371 { |
| 7372 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7373 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7374 { | |
| 7375 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7376 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7377 break; | |
| 7378 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7379 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7380 break; | |
| 7381 } | |
| 7382 } | |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7385 * braces */ | |
| 7386 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7387 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7388 else | |
| 7389 { | |
| 7390 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7391 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7392 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7393 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7394 else | |
| 3454 | 7395 { |
| 7396 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7397 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7398 else | |
| 7399 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7400 } | |
| 7 | 7401 } |
| 7402 /* | |
| 7403 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7404 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7405 * lines: | |
| 7406 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7407 * arg && yy | |
| 7408 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7409 */ | |
| 7410 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7411 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7412 } | |
| 7413 } | |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7416 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7417 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7418 } | |
| 7419 | |
| 7420 /* | |
| 7421 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7422 */ | |
| 7423 else | |
| 7424 { | |
| 7425 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7426 | |
| 7427 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7428 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 /* | |
| 7431 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7432 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7433 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7434 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7435 */ | |
| 7436 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7437 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7438 { | |
| 7439 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7440 amount = col; | |
| 7441 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7442 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7443 else | |
| 7444 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7445 } | |
| 7446 else | |
| 7447 { | |
| 7448 /* | |
| 7449 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7450 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7451 */ | |
| 7452 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 /* | |
| 7455 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7456 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7457 */ | |
| 7458 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7459 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7460 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7461 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7462 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7463 | |
| 7464 /* | |
| 7465 * It could have been something like | |
| 7466 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7467 * ldfd) { | |
| 7468 * } | |
| 7469 */ | |
| 2879 | 7470 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7471 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7472 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7473 else | |
| 7474 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7477 } | |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 /* | |
| 7480 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7481 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7482 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7483 */ | |
| 7484 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7485 { | |
| 7486 /* | |
| 7487 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7488 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7489 */ | |
| 7490 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7491 } | |
| 7492 else | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 /* | |
| 7495 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7496 * to match it with. | |
| 7497 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7498 * to match it with. | |
| 7499 */ | |
| 7500 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7501 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7502 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7503 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7504 /* XXX */ | |
| 7505 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7506 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7509 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7510 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7511 { | |
| 7512 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7513 goto theend; | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 } | |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 /* | |
| 7518 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7519 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7520 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7521 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7522 */ | |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 /* | |
| 7525 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7526 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7527 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7528 */ | |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7531 { | |
| 7532 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7533 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7534 } | |
| 7535 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7536 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7537 { | |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7540 } |
| 7541 else | |
| 7542 { | |
| 7543 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7544 { |
| 7 | 7545 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7546 |
| 7547 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7548 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7549 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7550 } | |
| 7 | 7551 else |
| 7552 { | |
| 7553 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7554 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7555 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7556 amount = 0; | |
| 7557 } | |
| 7558 } | |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7561 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7562 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7563 { |
| 7564 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7565 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7566 } | |
| 7567 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7568 { | |
| 7569 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7570 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7571 } | |
| 7572 else | |
| 7573 { | |
| 7574 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7575 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7578 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7581 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7582 | |
| 7583 /* | |
| 7584 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7585 * with that. | |
| 7586 * | |
| 7587 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7588 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7589 * that opens the block. | |
| 7590 */ | |
| 7591 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7592 for (;;) | |
| 7593 { | |
| 7594 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7595 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 /* | |
| 7598 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7599 * up with it. | |
| 7600 */ | |
| 7601 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7602 { | |
| 7603 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7604 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7605 * go further back: | |
| 7606 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7607 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7608 * declaration: | |
| 7609 * int x, | |
| 7610 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7611 */ | |
| 7612 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7613 { | |
| 7614 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7615 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7616 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7617 { | |
| 7618 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7619 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7620 * initialization) */ | |
| 7621 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7622 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7623 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7624 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7625 break; | |
| 7626 } | |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 /* | |
| 7631 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7632 * comment. | |
| 7633 */ | |
| 7634 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7635 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7636 { | |
| 7637 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7638 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7639 continue; |
| 7640 } | |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 /* | |
| 7643 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7644 */ | |
| 7645 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7646 continue; | |
| 7647 | |
| 7648 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7649 continue; | |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 /* | |
| 7654 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7655 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7656 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7657 */ | |
| 7658 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7659 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7660 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7661 { |
| 7662 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7663 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7664 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7665 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7666 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7667 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7668 */ | |
| 7669 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7670 break; | |
| 7671 | |
| 7672 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7673 * we are done. | |
| 7674 */ | |
| 7675 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7676 break; | |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7679 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7680 continue; | |
| 7681 } | |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7684 { | |
| 7685 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7686 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7687 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7688 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7689 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7690 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7691 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7692 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7695 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7698 { | |
| 7699 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7700 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7701 continue; |
| 7702 } | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 | |
| 7705 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7706 * like in | |
| 7707 * int a, | |
| 7708 * b; | |
| 7709 */ | |
| 7710 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7711 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7712 else | |
| 7713 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7714 } | |
| 7715 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7716 { | |
| 7717 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7718 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7719 else | |
| 7720 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7721 } | |
| 3123 | 7722 else |
| 2857 | 7723 { |
| 3123 | 7724 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7725 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7726 { |
| 3123 | 7727 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7728 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7729 { | |
| 7730 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7731 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7732 } | |
| 2857 | 7733 } |
| 7734 | |
| 3123 | 7735 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7736 { |
| 3123 | 7737 /* |
| 7738 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7739 * back. | |
| 7740 */ | |
| 7741 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7742 continue; | |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7745 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7746 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7747 break; | |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7752 * the comment. */ | |
| 7753 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7754 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7755 { | |
| 7756 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7757 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7758 continue; | |
| 7759 } | |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7762 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7763 continue; | |
| 7764 | |
| 7765 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7766 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7767 { | |
| 7768 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7769 break; | |
| 7770 } | |
| 7771 | |
| 7772 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7773 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7774 } |
| 7 | 7775 } |
| 7776 break; | |
| 7777 } | |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 /* | |
| 7780 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7781 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7782 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7783 { | |
| 7784 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7785 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7786 continue; |
| 7787 } | |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 /* | |
| 7792 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7793 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7794 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7795 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7796 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7797 { | |
| 7798 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7799 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7800 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7801 break; | |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7804 * labels. */ | |
| 7805 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7806 continue; | |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 /* | |
| 7809 * case xx: | |
| 7810 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7811 *-> here; | |
| 7812 */ | |
| 7813 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7814 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7815 { | |
| 7816 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7817 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7818 else | |
| 7819 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7820 break; | |
| 7821 } | |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 /* | |
| 7824 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7825 * x = 333; | |
| 7826 * case yy: | |
| 7827 */ | |
| 7828 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7829 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7830 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7831 { | |
| 7832 /* | |
| 7833 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7834 * switch() | |
| 7835 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7836 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7837 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7838 { | |
| 7839 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7840 break; | |
| 7841 } | |
| 7842 continue; | |
| 7843 } | |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 /* | |
| 7848 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7849 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7850 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7851 * | |
| 7852 * case xx: | |
| 7853 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7854 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7855 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7856 */ | |
| 7857 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7858 { | |
| 7859 if (n) | |
| 7860 amount = n; | |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7863 break; | |
| 7864 } | |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 /* | |
| 7867 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7868 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7869 * | |
| 7870 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7871 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7872 */ | |
| 7873 if (n) | |
| 7874 { | |
| 7875 amount = n; | |
| 7876 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7877 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7878 { |
| 7879 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7880 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7881 else | |
| 7882 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7883 } | |
| 7 | 7884 break; |
| 7885 } | |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 /* | |
| 7888 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7889 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7890 * switch label. | |
| 7891 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7892 * case xx: | |
| 7893 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7894 */ | |
| 7895 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7896 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7897 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7898 continue; | |
| 7899 } | |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 /* | |
| 7902 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7903 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7904 */ | |
| 7905 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7906 { | |
| 7907 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7908 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7909 { |
| 7 | 7910 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7911 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7912 } | |
| 7 | 7913 continue; |
| 7914 } | |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 /* | |
| 7917 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7918 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7919 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7920 { |
| 7921 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7922 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7923 continue; | |
| 7924 } | |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 /* | |
| 7927 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7928 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7929 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7930 * unlocked it) | |
| 7931 */ | |
| 7932 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7933 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7934 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7935 continue; | |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 /* | |
| 7938 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7939 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7940 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7941 n = FALSE; |
| 7942 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7943 { | |
| 1336 | 7944 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7945 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7946 } | |
| 7947 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7948 { |
| 7949 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7950 { | |
| 7951 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7952 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7953 else | |
| 7954 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7955 } | |
| 828 | 7956 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7957 { |
| 828 | 7958 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7959 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7960 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7961 continue; | |
| 7 | 7962 } |
| 7963 else | |
| 828 | 7964 /* XXX */ |
| 7965 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7966 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7967 break; |
| 7968 } | |
| 7969 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7970 { | |
| 7971 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7972 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7973 */ | |
| 7 | 7974 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7975 break; | |
| 7976 else | |
| 7977 continue; | |
| 7978 } | |
| 7979 | |
| 7980 /* | |
| 7981 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7982 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7983 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7984 * 123, |
| 7985 * sizeof | |
| 7986 * here | |
| 7987 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7988 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7989 * (indented). | |
| 7990 */ | |
| 7991 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7994 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7995 { | |
| 7996 /* | |
| 7997 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7998 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7999 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 8000 * if ( foo && | |
| 8001 * bar ) | |
| 8002 */ | |
| 8003 /* | |
| 8004 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8005 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8006 */ | |
| 8007 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8008 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 8009 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 8010 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 /* | |
| 8013 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 8014 * braces. | |
| 8015 */ | |
| 828 | 8016 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 8017 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 8018 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 8021 { | |
| 8022 /* | |
| 8023 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8024 * handled above. | |
| 8025 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8026 * asdf) | |
| 8027 */ | |
| 1550 | 8028 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8029 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8030 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8031 { |
| 8032 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8033 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8034 continue; |
| 8035 } | |
| 8036 } | |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 /* | |
| 8039 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 8040 * indent from | |
| 8041 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 8042 * bla", | |
| 8043 * here; | |
| 8044 */ | |
| 8045 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8046 { | |
| 8047 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8048 { | |
| 8049 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8050 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8051 break; | |
| 8052 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8053 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8054 } |
| 8055 } | |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 /* | |
| 8058 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8059 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 8060 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8061 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8062 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 8063 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8064 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8065 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 8066 /* |
| 8067 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 8068 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 8069 * while (not) | |
| 8070 * -> { | |
| 8071 * } | |
| 8072 */ | |
| 8073 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8074 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8075 { | |
| 8076 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8077 /* | |
| 8078 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 8079 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 8080 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 8081 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 8082 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 8083 */ | |
| 8084 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 8085 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 8088 { | |
| 8089 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 8090 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 8091 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8092 continue; | |
| 8093 } | |
| 8094 break; | |
| 8095 } | |
| 8096 | |
| 8097 /* | |
| 8098 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 8099 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 8100 */ | |
| 8101 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 8102 { | |
| 8103 /* | |
| 8104 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 8105 * with the last one. | |
| 8106 * if (cond) | |
| 8107 * 100 + | |
| 8108 * -> here; | |
| 8109 */ | |
| 8110 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8111 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8112 { | |
| 8113 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8114 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8115 else | |
| 8116 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8117 break; | |
| 8118 } | |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 /* | |
| 8121 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 8122 * are finished. | |
| 8123 * while (not) | |
| 8124 * -> here; | |
| 8125 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 8126 * before this is terminated. | |
| 8127 * yyy; | |
| 8128 * if (stat) | |
| 8129 * while (not) | |
| 8130 * xxx; | |
| 8131 * -> here; | |
| 8132 */ | |
| 8133 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8134 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8135 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8136 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8137 { | |
| 8138 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 8139 break; | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 /* | |
| 8143 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 8144 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 8145 * do | |
| 8146 * x = 1; | |
| 8147 * -> here | |
| 8148 */ | |
| 8149 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8150 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8151 { | |
| 8152 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8153 break; | |
| 8154 --whilelevel; | |
| 8155 } | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 /* | |
| 8158 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8159 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8160 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8161 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8162 */ | |
| 2855 | 8163 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8164 { | |
| 8165 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8166 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8167 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8168 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8169 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8170 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8171 |
| 8172 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8173 == NULL | |
| 7 | 8174 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 8175 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 8176 break; | |
| 8177 } | |
| 7 | 8178 } |
| 8179 | |
| 8180 /* | |
| 8181 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8182 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8183 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8184 * the line before this one. |
| 8185 */ | |
| 8186 else | |
| 8187 { | |
| 8188 /* | |
| 8189 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8190 * the last one. | |
| 8191 * c = 99 + | |
| 8192 * 100 + | |
| 8193 * -> here; | |
| 8194 */ | |
| 8195 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8196 { | |
| 8197 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8198 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8199 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8200 break; | |
| 8201 } | |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8204 { | |
| 8205 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8206 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8207 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8208 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8209 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8210 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8211 { | |
| 8212 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 8213 break; | |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8216 continue; | |
| 8217 } | |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8220 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8221 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8222 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8223 } | |
| 8224 else | |
| 8225 { | |
| 8226 /* | |
| 8227 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8228 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8229 * 100 + | |
| 8230 * -> here; | |
| 8231 */ | |
| 8232 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 /* | |
| 8235 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8236 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8237 * struct xxx = | |
| 8238 * { | |
| 8239 * sizeof a, | |
| 8240 * 124 }; | |
| 8241 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8242 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8243 * yet. | |
| 8244 */ | |
| 8245 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8246 { | |
| 8247 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8248 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8249 } | |
| 8250 else | |
| 8251 { | |
| 8252 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8253 && *l != NUL | |
| 8254 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8255 /* XXX */ | |
| 8256 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8257 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8258 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8259 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8260 } | |
| 8261 } | |
| 8262 } | |
| 8263 } | |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 /* | |
| 8266 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8267 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8268 */ | |
| 8269 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 8270 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 8271 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8272 { |
| 8273 /* | |
| 8274 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8275 * with the last one. | |
| 8276 * while (cond); | |
| 8277 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8278 * -> here; | |
| 8279 */ | |
| 8280 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8281 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8282 { | |
| 8283 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8284 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8285 else | |
| 8286 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8287 break; | |
| 8288 } | |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8291 { | |
| 8292 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8293 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8294 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8295 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8296 } | |
| 8297 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8298 } | |
| 8299 | |
| 8300 /* | |
| 8301 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8302 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8303 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8304 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8305 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8306 */ | |
| 8307 else | |
| 8308 { | |
| 8309 /* | |
| 8310 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8311 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8312 */ | |
| 8313 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8314 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8315 { | |
| 8316 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8317 continue; | |
| 8318 } | |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 /* | |
| 8321 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8322 */ | |
| 8323 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8324 { | |
| 8325 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8326 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8327 { | |
| 8328 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8329 --whilelevel; | |
| 8330 continue; | |
| 8331 } | |
| 8332 } | |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 /* | |
| 8335 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8336 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8337 * x = 1; | |
| 8338 * y = foo + | |
| 8339 * -> here; | |
| 8340 * or | |
| 8341 * int x = 1; | |
| 8342 * int foo, | |
| 8343 * -> here; | |
| 8344 */ | |
| 8345 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8346 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8347 { | |
| 8348 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8349 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8350 else | |
| 8351 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8352 break; | |
| 8353 } | |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 /* | |
| 8356 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8357 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8358 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8359 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8360 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8361 * here; | |
| 8362 * ->foo; | |
| 8363 */ | |
| 8364 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8365 { | |
| 8366 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8367 break; | |
| 8368 } | |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 /* | |
| 8371 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8372 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8373 * a terminated line. | |
| 8374 */ | |
| 8375 else | |
| 8376 { | |
| 8377 /* | |
| 8378 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8379 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8380 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8381 * func(asdr, | |
| 8382 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8383 * here; | |
| 8384 */ | |
| 8385 term_again: | |
| 8386 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8387 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8388 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8389 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8390 { | |
| 8391 /* | |
| 8392 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8393 * handled above. | |
| 8394 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8395 * asdf) | |
| 8396 */ | |
| 1550 | 8397 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8398 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8399 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8400 { |
| 8401 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8402 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8403 continue; |
| 8404 } | |
| 8405 } | |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8408 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8409 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8410 * stat; | |
| 8411 * } | |
| 8412 * case 2: | |
| 8413 * stat; | |
| 8414 * } | |
| 8415 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8416 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8417 |
| 8418 /* | |
| 8419 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8420 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8421 */ | |
| 8422 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8423 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8424 | |
| 8425 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8426 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8427 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8428 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8429 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8430 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8431 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 /* | |
| 827 | 8434 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8435 * the matching "if": | |
| 8436 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8437 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8438 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8439 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8440 */ | |
| 8441 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8442 && *l != '}' | |
| 8443 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8444 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8445 { | |
| 8446 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8447 == NULL | |
| 8448 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8449 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8450 break; | |
| 8451 continue; | |
| 8452 } | |
| 8453 | |
| 8454 /* | |
| 7 | 8455 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8456 * that block. | |
| 8457 */ | |
| 3172 | 8458 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8459 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8460 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8461 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8462 { | |
| 1550 | 8463 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8464 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8465 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8466 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8467 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8468 goto term_again; | |
| 8469 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8470 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8471 } |
| 8472 } | |
| 8473 } | |
| 8474 } | |
| 8475 } | |
| 8476 } | |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8479 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8480 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8481 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8482 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8483 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8484 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8485 } |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 /* | |
| 8488 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8489 * | |
| 8490 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8491 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8492 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8493 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8494 */ | |
| 8495 else | |
| 8496 { | |
| 8497 /* | |
| 8498 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8499 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8500 * of a function | |
| 8501 */ | |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8504 { | |
| 8505 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8506 } | |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 /* | |
| 8509 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8510 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8511 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8512 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8513 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8514 */ |
| 8515 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8516 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8517 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8518 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8519 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8520 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8521 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8522 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8523 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8524 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8525 { | |
| 8526 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8527 } | |
| 8528 else | |
| 8529 { | |
| 8530 amount = 0; | |
| 8531 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8532 | |
| 8533 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8536 { | |
| 8537 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8538 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8541 | |
| 8542 /* | |
| 8543 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8544 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8545 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8546 { | |
| 8547 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8548 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8549 continue; |
| 8550 } | |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 /* | |
| 827 | 8553 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8554 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8555 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8556 n = FALSE; |
| 8557 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8558 { | |
| 1336 | 8559 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8560 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8561 } | |
| 8562 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8563 { |
| 828 | 8564 /* XXX */ |
| 8565 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8566 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8567 break; |
| 8568 } | |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 /* | |
| 8571 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8572 */ | |
| 8573 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8574 continue; | |
| 8575 | |
| 8576 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8577 continue; | |
| 8578 | |
| 8579 /* | |
| 8580 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8581 * indentation: | |
| 8582 * int foo, | |
| 8583 * bar; | |
| 8584 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8585 * enum foobar | |
| 8586 * { | |
| 8587 * ... | |
| 8588 * } foo, | |
| 8589 * bar; | |
| 8590 */ | |
| 8591 n = 0; | |
| 8592 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8593 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8594 { | |
| 8595 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8596 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8597 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8598 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8599 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8600 |
| 8601 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8602 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8603 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8604 * bla", | |
| 8605 * here; | |
| 8606 */ | |
| 8607 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8608 { | |
| 8609 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8610 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8611 break; | |
| 8612 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8613 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8614 } |
| 8615 | |
| 8616 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8617 | |
| 8618 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8619 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8620 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8621 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8622 break; | |
| 8623 } | |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 /* | |
| 8626 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8627 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8628 */ | |
| 3220 | 8629 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8630 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8631 break; |
| 8632 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8633 | |
| 8634 /* | |
| 8635 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8636 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8637 */ | |
| 8638 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8639 break; | |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 /* (matching {) | |
| 8642 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8643 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8644 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8645 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8646 */ | |
| 8647 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8648 break; | |
| 8649 | |
| 8650 /* | |
| 3186 | 8651 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8652 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8653 * indent then. | |
| 8654 */ | |
| 8655 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 8657 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8660 { | |
| 8661 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8662 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8663 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8664 break; | |
| 8665 } | |
| 8666 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8667 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8668 break; | |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8671 } | |
| 8672 | |
| 8673 /* | |
| 7 | 8674 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8675 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8676 * parameters. | |
| 8677 */ | |
| 3220 | 8678 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8679 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8680 { |
| 8681 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8682 break; | |
| 8683 } | |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 /* | |
| 8686 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8687 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8688 * int foo, | |
| 8689 * bar; | |
| 8690 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8691 */ | |
| 828 | 8692 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8693 { |
| 8694 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8695 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8696 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8697 break; | |
| 8698 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8699 } | |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 /* | |
| 8702 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8703 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8704 * | |
| 8705 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8706 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8707 */ | |
| 8708 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8709 | |
| 8710 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8711 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8712 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8713 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8714 break; | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8718 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8719 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8722 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8723 * here"; | |
| 8724 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8725 * here"; | |
| 8726 */ | |
| 8727 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8728 { | |
| 8729 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8730 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8731 { | |
| 8732 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8733 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8734 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8735 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8736 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8737 } | |
| 8738 } | |
| 8739 } | |
| 8740 } | |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 theend: | |
| 8743 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8744 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8747 | |
| 8748 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8749 return 0; | |
| 8750 return amount; | |
| 8751 } | |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 static int | |
| 8754 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8755 int lookfor; | |
| 8756 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8757 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8758 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8759 { | |
| 8760 char_u *look; | |
| 8761 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8762 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8763 int elselevel; | |
| 8764 int whilelevel; | |
| 8765 | |
| 8766 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8767 { | |
| 8768 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8769 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8770 } | |
| 8771 else | |
| 8772 { | |
| 8773 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8774 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8775 } | |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8782 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8785 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8786 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8787 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8788 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8789 { | |
| 8790 /* | |
| 8791 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8792 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8793 */ | |
| 8794 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8795 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8796 break; | |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 /* | |
| 8799 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8800 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8801 * out of luck too. | |
| 8802 */ | |
| 8803 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8804 break; | |
| 8805 | |
| 8806 /* | |
| 8807 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8808 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8809 * different scope... | |
| 8810 */ | |
| 8811 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8812 continue; | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 /* | |
| 8815 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8816 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8817 * increment elselevel | |
| 8818 */ | |
| 8819 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8820 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8821 { | |
| 8822 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8823 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8824 ++elselevel; | |
| 8825 continue; | |
| 8826 } | |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 /* | |
| 8829 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8830 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8831 */ | |
| 8832 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8833 { | |
| 8834 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8835 continue; | |
| 8836 } | |
| 8837 | |
| 8838 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8839 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8840 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8841 { | |
| 8842 elselevel--; | |
| 8843 /* | |
| 8844 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8845 * get in the way. | |
| 8846 */ | |
| 8847 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8848 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8849 } | |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8852 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8853 whilelevel--; | |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 /* | |
| 8856 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8857 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8858 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8859 */ | |
| 8860 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8861 { | |
| 8862 return OK; | |
| 8863 } | |
| 8864 } | |
| 8865 } | |
| 8866 return FAIL; | |
| 8867 } | |
| 8868 | |
| 8869 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8870 /* | |
| 8871 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8872 */ | |
| 8873 int | |
| 8874 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8875 { | |
| 8876 int indent; | |
| 4117 | 8877 pos_T save_pos; |
| 8878 colnr_T save_curswant; | |
| 8879 int save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8880 int save_State; |
| 681 | 8881 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8882 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8883 |
| 4117 | 8884 /* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed |
| 8885 * via :normal commands */ | |
| 8886 save_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8887 save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 8888 save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8889 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 634 | 8890 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8891 ++sandbox; | |
| 8892 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8893 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8894 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8895 --sandbox; | |
| 8896 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8897 |
| 8898 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8899 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8900 * command. */ | |
| 8901 save_State = State; | |
| 8902 State = INSERT; | |
| 4117 | 8903 curwin->w_cursor = save_pos; |
| 8904 curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant; | |
| 8905 curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8906 check_cursor(); |
| 8907 State = save_State; | |
| 8908 | |
| 8909 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8910 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8911 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 return indent; | |
| 8914 } | |
| 8915 # endif | |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8918 | |
| 8919 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 static int | |
| 8924 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8925 char_u *p; | |
| 8926 { | |
| 8927 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8928 int len; | |
| 8929 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8930 | |
| 8931 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8932 { | |
| 8933 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8934 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8935 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8936 return TRUE; | |
| 8937 } | |
| 8938 return FALSE; | |
| 8939 } | |
| 8940 | |
| 8941 /* | |
| 8942 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8943 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8944 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8945 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8946 * | |
| 8947 * TODO: | |
| 8948 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8949 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8950 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8951 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8952 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8953 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8954 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8955 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8956 */ |
| 8957 int | |
| 8958 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8959 { | |
| 14 | 8960 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8961 int amount; |
| 8962 char_u *that; | |
| 8963 colnr_T col; | |
| 8964 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8965 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8966 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8967 | |
| 8968 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8969 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8970 | |
| 8971 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8972 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8973 | |
| 14 | 8974 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8975 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8976 else | |
| 8977 { | |
| 8978 paren = *pos; | |
| 8979 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8980 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8981 pos = &paren; | |
| 8982 } | |
| 8983 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8984 { |
| 8985 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8986 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8987 amount = -1; | |
| 8988 parencount = 0; | |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8991 { | |
| 8992 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8993 continue; | |
| 8994 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8995 { | |
| 8996 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8997 { | |
| 8998 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8999 ++that; | |
| 9000 continue; | |
| 9001 } | |
| 9002 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9003 { | |
| 9004 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9005 ++that; | |
| 9006 continue; | |
| 9007 } | |
| 9008 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9009 { | |
| 983 | 9010 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 9011 { | |
| 9012 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 9013 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9014 { | |
| 9015 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 9016 break; | |
| 9017 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 9018 { | |
| 9019 ++that; | |
| 9020 break; | |
| 9021 } | |
| 9022 } | |
| 9023 } | |
| 7 | 9024 } |
| 14 | 9025 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9026 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9027 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 9028 --parencount; |
| 9029 } | |
| 9030 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 9031 { | |
| 9032 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 9033 break; | |
| 9034 } | |
| 9035 } | |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 if (amount == -1) | |
| 9038 { | |
| 9039 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9040 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 9041 col = pos->col; | |
| 9042 | |
| 9043 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 9046 amount = 2; | |
| 9047 else | |
| 9048 { | |
| 9049 amount = 0; | |
| 9050 while (*that && col) | |
| 9051 { | |
| 9052 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9053 col--; | |
| 9054 } | |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 /* | |
| 9057 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 9058 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 9059 * | |
| 9060 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 9061 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 9062 */ | |
| 9063 | |
| 14 | 9064 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9065 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 9066 amount += 2; |
| 9067 else | |
| 9068 { | |
| 9069 that++; | |
| 9070 amount++; | |
| 9071 firsttry = amount; | |
| 9072 | |
| 9073 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9074 { | |
| 9075 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9076 ++that; | |
| 9077 } | |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 9080 { | |
| 1532 | 9081 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 9082 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 9083 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 9084 firsttry++; |
| 9085 | |
| 9086 parencount = 0; | |
| 9087 quotecount = 0; | |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 if (vi_lisp | |
| 9090 || (*that != '"' | |
| 9091 && *that != '\'' | |
| 9092 && *that != '#' | |
| 9093 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 9094 { | |
| 9095 while (*that | |
| 9096 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 9097 || quotecount | |
| 9098 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 9099 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9100 && !quotecount |
| 9101 && !parencount | |
| 9102 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 9103 { | |
| 9104 if (*that == '"') | |
| 9105 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 9106 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9107 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9108 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9109 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 9110 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9111 --parencount; |
| 9112 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 9113 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9114 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9115 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 9116 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 } | |
| 9119 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9120 { | |
| 9121 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9122 that++; | |
| 9123 } | |
| 9124 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 9125 amount = firsttry; | |
| 9126 } | |
| 9127 } | |
| 9128 } | |
| 9129 } | |
| 9130 } | |
| 9131 else | |
| 14 | 9132 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 9133 |
| 9134 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 9135 | |
| 9136 return amount; | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 9139 | |
| 9140 void | |
| 9141 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 9142 { | |
| 39 | 9143 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 9144 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 9145 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 9146 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 9147 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 9148 #endif | |
| 9149 | |
| 7 | 9150 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 9151 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9152 { | |
| 9153 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 9154 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 9155 } | |
| 9156 else | |
| 9157 #endif | |
| 9158 { | |
| 9159 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* | |
| 9162 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9163 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9164 */ | |
| 9165 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9166 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9167 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9168 #endif | |
| 9169 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9170 out_flush(); | |
| 9171 } | |
| 9172 } | |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 /* | |
| 9175 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9176 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 9177 */ | |
| 9178 void | |
| 9179 preserve_exit() | |
| 9180 { | |
| 9181 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9184 | |
| 625 | 9185 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9186 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9187 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9188 | |
| 7 | 9189 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9190 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9191 out_flush(); | |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9196 { | |
| 9197 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9198 { | |
| 9199 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 9200 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9201 out_flush(); | |
| 9202 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9203 break; | |
| 9204 } | |
| 9205 } | |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9208 | |
| 9209 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 getout(1); | |
| 9212 } | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 /* | |
| 9215 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9216 */ | |
| 9217 int | |
| 9218 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9219 char_u *fname; | |
| 9220 { | |
| 9221 struct stat st; | |
| 9222 | |
| 9223 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9224 return FALSE; | |
| 9225 return TRUE; | |
| 9226 } | |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 /* | |
| 9229 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9230 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9231 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9232 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9233 */ | |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9236 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9237 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9238 # else | |
| 9239 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9240 # endif | |
| 9241 #endif | |
| 9242 | |
| 9243 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 void | |
| 9246 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9247 { | |
| 9248 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9249 { | |
| 9250 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9251 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9252 } | |
| 9253 } | |
| 9254 | |
| 9255 /* | |
| 9256 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9257 */ | |
| 9258 void | |
| 9259 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9260 { | |
| 9261 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9262 { | |
| 9263 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9264 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9265 } | |
| 9266 } | |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 /* | |
| 2016 | 9269 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9270 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9271 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9272 */ | |
| 9273 int | |
| 9274 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9275 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9276 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9277 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9278 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9279 { | |
| 9280 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9281 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9282 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9283 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9284 int usedlen; | |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9287 { | |
| 9288 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9289 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9290 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9291 --emsg_off; | |
| 9292 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9293 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9294 } | |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9297 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9298 | |
| 9299 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9300 { | |
| 9301 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9302 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9303 } | |
| 9304 | |
| 9305 return ret; | |
| 9306 } | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 /* | |
| 7 | 9309 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9310 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9311 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9312 */ |
| 9313 int | |
| 9314 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9315 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9316 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9317 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9318 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9319 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9320 { | |
| 9321 int retval; | |
| 9322 int i, j; | |
| 9323 char_u *p; | |
| 9324 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9327 | |
| 9328 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9329 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9330 return retval; |
| 9331 | |
| 9332 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9333 /* | |
| 9334 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9335 */ | |
| 9336 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9337 { | |
| 9338 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9339 | |
| 9340 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9341 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9342 { | |
| 9343 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9344 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9345 break; | |
| 9346 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9347 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9348 # endif | |
| 9349 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9350 { | |
| 9351 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9352 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9353 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9354 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9355 --*num_file; | |
| 9356 --i; | |
| 9357 } | |
| 9358 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9359 } | |
| 9360 } | |
| 9361 #endif | |
| 9362 | |
| 9363 /* | |
| 9364 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9365 */ | |
| 9366 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9367 { | |
| 9368 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9369 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9370 { | |
| 9371 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9372 { | |
| 9373 /* | |
| 9374 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9375 * of the list. | |
| 9376 */ | |
| 9377 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9378 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9379 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9380 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9381 } | |
| 9382 } | |
| 9383 } | |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 return retval; | |
| 9386 } | |
| 9387 | |
| 9388 /* | |
| 9389 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9390 */ | |
| 9391 int | |
| 9392 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9393 char_u *fname; | |
| 9394 { | |
| 9395 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9396 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9397 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9398 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9401 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9402 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9403 { | |
| 9404 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9405 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9410 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9411 { | |
| 9412 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9413 break; | |
| 9414 } | |
| 9415 } | |
| 9416 else | |
| 9417 { | |
| 9418 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9419 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9420 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9421 break; | |
| 9422 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9423 } | |
| 7 | 9424 } |
| 9425 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9426 } | |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9431 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9432 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9433 # endif | |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9436 /* | |
| 9437 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9438 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9439 */ | |
| 9440 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9441 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9442 # else | |
| 9443 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9444 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9445 # endif | |
| 9446 # endif | |
| 9447 | |
| 9448 /* | |
| 9449 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9450 */ | |
| 9451 static int _cdecl | |
| 9452 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9453 { | |
| 39 | 9454 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9455 } |
| 9456 | |
| 9457 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9458 static void | |
| 9459 namelowcpy( | |
| 9460 char_u *d, | |
| 9461 char_u *s) | |
| 9462 { | |
| 9463 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9464 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9465 while (*s) | |
| 9466 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9467 else | |
| 9468 # endif | |
| 9469 while (*s) | |
| 9470 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9471 *d = NUL; | |
| 9472 } | |
| 9473 # endif | |
| 9474 | |
| 9475 /* | |
| 445 | 9476 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9477 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9478 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9479 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9480 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9481 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9482 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9483 */ |
| 9484 static int | |
| 9485 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9486 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9487 char_u *path, | |
| 9488 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9489 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9490 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9491 { |
| 9492 char_u *buf; | |
| 9493 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9494 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9495 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9496 char_u *pat; | |
| 9497 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9498 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9499 int matches; | |
| 9500 int len; | |
| 9501 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9502 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9503 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9504 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9505 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9506 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9507 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9508 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9509 # endif | |
| 9510 #else | |
| 9511 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9512 #endif | |
| 9513 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9514 int ok; |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9517 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9518 { | |
| 9519 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9520 if (got_int) | |
| 9521 return 0; | |
| 9522 } | |
| 7 | 9523 |
| 9524 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9525 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9526 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9527 return 0; | |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 /* | |
| 9530 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9531 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9532 */ | |
| 9533 p = buf; | |
| 9534 s = buf; | |
| 9535 e = NULL; | |
| 9536 path_end = path; | |
| 9537 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9538 { | |
| 9539 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9540 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9541 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9542 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9543 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9544 { | |
| 9545 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9546 break; | |
| 9547 s = p + 1; | |
| 9548 } | |
| 9549 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9550 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9551 e = p; | |
| 9552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9553 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9554 { | |
| 474 | 9555 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9556 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9557 p += len; | |
| 9558 path_end += len; | |
| 9559 } | |
| 9560 else | |
| 9561 #endif | |
| 9562 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9563 } | |
| 9564 e = p; | |
| 9565 *e = NUL; | |
| 9566 | |
| 9567 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9568 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9569 * component. */ | |
| 9570 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9571 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9572 { | |
| 1624 | 9573 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9574 --e; |
| 9575 --s; | |
| 9576 } | |
| 9577 | |
| 445 | 9578 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9579 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9580 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9581 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9582 | |
| 7 | 9583 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9584 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9585 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9586 { | |
| 9587 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9588 return 0; | |
| 9589 } | |
| 9590 | |
| 9591 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9592 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9593 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9594 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9595 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9596 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9597 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9598 vim_free(pat); |
| 9599 | |
| 3261 | 9600 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9601 { |
| 9602 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9603 return 0; | |
| 9604 } | |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9607 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9608 | |
| 445 | 9609 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9610 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9611 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9612 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9613 { | |
| 9614 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9615 ++stardepth; | |
| 9616 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9617 --stardepth; | |
| 9618 } | |
| 9619 | |
| 7 | 9620 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9621 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9622 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9623 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9624 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9625 { | |
| 9626 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9627 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9628 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9629 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9630 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9631 { | |
| 9632 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9633 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9634 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9635 { | |
| 9636 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9637 wn = NULL; | |
| 9638 } | |
| 9639 } | |
| 9640 } | |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9643 # endif | |
| 9644 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9645 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9646 #else | |
| 9647 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9648 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9649 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9650 #endif | |
| 9651 | |
| 9652 while (ok) | |
| 9653 { | |
| 9654 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9655 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9656 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9657 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9658 else |
| 9659 # endif | |
| 9660 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9661 #else | |
| 9662 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9663 #endif | |
| 9664 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9665 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9666 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9667 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9668 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9669 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9670 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9671 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9672 { |
| 9673 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9674 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9675 #else | |
| 9676 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9677 #endif | |
| 9678 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9679 |
| 9680 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9681 { | |
| 9682 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9683 * find matches. */ | |
| 9684 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9685 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9686 ++stardepth; | |
| 9687 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9688 --stardepth; | |
| 9689 } | |
| 9690 | |
| 7 | 9691 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9692 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9693 { | |
| 9694 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9695 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9696 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9697 } |
| 9698 else | |
| 9699 { | |
| 9700 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9701 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9702 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9703 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9704 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9705 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9706 } | |
| 9707 } | |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9710 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9711 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9712 { | |
| 9713 vim_free(p); | |
| 9714 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9715 } | |
| 9716 else | |
| 9717 # endif | |
| 9718 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9719 #else | |
| 9720 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9721 #endif | |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9724 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9725 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9726 { | |
| 9727 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9728 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9729 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9730 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9731 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9732 { | |
| 9733 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9734 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9735 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9736 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9737 } | |
| 9738 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9739 # endif | |
| 9740 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9741 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9742 #else | |
| 9743 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9744 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9745 #endif | |
| 9746 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9747 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9748 } | |
| 9749 } | |
| 9750 | |
| 9751 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9752 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9753 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9754 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9755 # endif | |
| 9756 #endif | |
| 9757 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
9758 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 9759 vim_free(matchname); |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9762 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9763 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9764 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9765 return matches; | |
| 9766 } | |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 int | |
| 9769 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9770 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9771 char_u *path, | |
| 9772 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9773 { | |
| 445 | 9774 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9775 } |
| 9776 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9777 | |
| 445 | 9778 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9779 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9780 /* | |
| 9781 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9782 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9783 */ | |
| 9784 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9785 | |
| 9786 static int | |
| 9787 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9788 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9789 { | |
| 9790 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9791 } | |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 /* | |
| 9794 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9795 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9796 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9797 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9798 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9799 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9800 */ | |
| 9801 int | |
| 9802 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9803 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9804 char_u *path; | |
| 9805 int wildoff; | |
| 9806 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9807 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9808 { | |
| 9809 char_u *buf; | |
| 9810 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9811 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9812 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9813 char_u *pat; | |
| 9814 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9815 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9816 int matches; | |
| 9817 int len; | |
| 9818 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9819 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9820 | |
| 9821 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9822 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9823 | |
| 9824 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9825 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9826 { | |
| 9827 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9828 if (got_int) | |
| 9829 return 0; | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 | |
| 9832 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9833 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9834 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9835 return 0; | |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 /* | |
| 9838 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9839 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9840 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9841 */ | |
| 9842 p = buf; | |
| 9843 s = buf; | |
| 9844 e = NULL; | |
| 9845 path_end = path; | |
| 9846 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9847 { | |
| 9848 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9849 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9850 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9851 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9852 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9853 { | |
| 9854 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9855 break; | |
| 9856 s = p + 1; | |
| 9857 } | |
| 9858 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9859 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 4242 | 9860 || (!p_fic && (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9861 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))))) | |
| 445 | 9862 e = p; |
| 9863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9864 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9865 { | |
| 474 | 9866 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9867 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9868 p += len; | |
| 9869 path_end += len; | |
| 9870 } | |
| 9871 else | |
| 9872 #endif | |
| 9873 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9874 } | |
| 9875 e = p; | |
| 9876 *e = NUL; | |
| 9877 | |
| 2984 | 9878 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9879 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9880 * component. */ | |
| 9881 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9882 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9883 { | |
| 1624 | 9884 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9885 --e; |
| 9886 --s; | |
| 9887 } | |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9890 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9891 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9892 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9893 | |
| 9894 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9895 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9896 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9897 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9898 { | |
| 9899 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9900 return 0; | |
| 9901 } | |
| 9902 | |
| 9903 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 2652 | 9904 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9905 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9906 else | |
| 4242 | 9907 regmatch.rm_ic = p_fic; /* ignore case when 'fileignorecase' is set */ |
| 3261 | 9908 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9909 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9910 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9911 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9912 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9913 vim_free(pat); |
| 9914 | |
| 3261 | 9915 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9916 { |
| 9917 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9918 return 0; | |
| 9919 } | |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9922 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9923 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9924 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9925 { | |
| 9926 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9927 ++stardepth; | |
| 9928 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9929 --stardepth; | |
| 9930 } | |
| 9931 | |
| 9932 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9933 *s = NUL; | |
| 9934 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9937 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9938 { | |
| 9939 for (;;) | |
| 9940 { | |
| 9941 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9942 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9943 break; | |
| 9944 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9945 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9946 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9947 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9948 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9949 { |
| 9950 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9951 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9952 | |
| 9953 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9954 { | |
| 9955 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9956 * find matches. */ | |
| 9957 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9958 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9959 ++stardepth; | |
| 9960 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9961 --stardepth; | |
| 9962 } | |
| 9963 | |
| 9964 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9965 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9966 { | |
| 9967 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9968 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9969 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9970 } | |
| 9971 else | |
| 9972 { | |
| 9973 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9974 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9975 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9976 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9977 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9978 { | |
| 768 | 9979 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9980 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9981 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9982 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9983 |
| 445 | 9984 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9985 { | |
| 9986 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9987 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9988 } | |
| 9989 #endif | |
| 9990 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9991 } | |
| 9992 } | |
| 9993 } | |
| 9994 } | |
| 9995 | |
| 9996 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9997 } | |
| 9998 | |
| 9999 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10000 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 445 | 10001 |
| 10002 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 10003 if (matches > 0) | |
| 10004 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 10005 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 10006 return matches; | |
| 10007 } | |
| 10008 #endif | |
| 10009 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10010 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10011 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10012 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10013 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10014 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10015 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10016 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10017 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10018 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10019 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10020 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10021 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10022 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10023 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10024 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10025 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10026 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10027 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10028 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10029 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10030 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10031 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10032 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10033 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10034 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10035 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10036 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10037 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10038 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10039 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10040 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10041 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10042 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10043 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10044 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10045 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10046 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10047 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10049 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10050 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10051 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10052 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10053 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10054 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10055 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10056 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10057 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10058 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10059 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10060 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10061 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10062 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10063 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10064 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10065 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10066 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10067 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10068 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 10069 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 10070 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10071 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10072 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10073 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10074 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10075 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10076 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10077 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
10078 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10079 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10080 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10081 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10082 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10083 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10084 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10085 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10086 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10087 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10088 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10089 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10090 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10091 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10092 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10093 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10094 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10095 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10096 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10097 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10098 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10099 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10100 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10101 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10102 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10103 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10104 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10105 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10106 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10107 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10108 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10109 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10110 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10111 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10112 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10113 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10114 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10115 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10116 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10117 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10118 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10119 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10120 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10121 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10122 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10123 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10124 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10125 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10126 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10127 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10128 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10129 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10130 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10131 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10132 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10133 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10134 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10135 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10136 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
10137 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10138 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10139 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10140 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10141 break; |
| 4335 | 10142 |
| 10143 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) | |
| 10144 /* Avoid the path ending in a backslash, it fails when a comma is | |
| 10145 * appended. */ | |
| 4342 | 10146 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 4335 | 10147 if (buf[len - 1] == '\\') |
| 10148 buf[len - 1] = '/'; | |
| 10149 # endif | |
| 10150 | |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10151 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10152 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10153 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10154 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10155 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10156 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10157 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10158 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10159 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10160 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10161 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10162 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10163 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10164 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10165 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10166 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10167 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10168 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10169 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10170 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10171 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10172 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10173 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10174 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10175 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10176 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10177 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10178 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10179 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10180 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10181 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10182 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10183 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10184 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10185 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10186 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10187 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10188 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10189 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10190 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10191 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10192 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10193 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10194 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10195 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10196 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10197 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10198 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10199 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10200 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10201 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10202 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10203 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10204 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10205 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10206 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10207 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10208 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10209 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10210 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10211 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10212 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10213 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10214 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10215 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10216 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10217 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10218 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10219 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10220 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10221 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10222 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10223 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10224 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10225 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10226 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10227 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10228 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10229 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10230 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10231 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10232 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10233 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10234 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10235 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10236 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10237 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10238 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10239 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10240 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10241 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10242 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10243 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10244 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10245 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10246 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10247 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10248 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10249 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10250 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10251 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10252 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10253 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10254 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10255 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10256 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10257 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10258 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10259 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10260 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10261 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10262 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10263 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10264 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10265 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10266 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10267 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10268 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10269 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10270 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10271 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10272 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10273 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10274 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10275 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10276 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10277 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10278 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10279 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10280 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10281 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10282 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10283 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10284 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10285 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10286 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10287 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10288 } |
| 2538 | 10289 |
| 10290 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10291 { | |
| 10292 /* | |
| 10293 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10294 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10295 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10296 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10297 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10298 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10299 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10300 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10301 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10302 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10303 */ |
| 10304 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10305 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10306 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10307 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10308 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10309 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10310 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10311 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10312 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10313 ) |
| 2538 | 10314 { |
| 10315 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10316 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10317 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10318 } |
| 10319 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10320 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10321 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10322 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10323 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10324 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10325 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10326 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10327 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10328 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10329 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10330 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10331 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10332 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10333 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10334 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10335 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10336 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10337 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10338 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10339 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10340 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10341 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10342 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10343 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10344 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10345 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10346 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10347 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10348 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10349 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10350 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10351 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10352 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10353 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10354 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10355 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10356 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10357 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10358 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10359 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10360 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10361 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10362 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10363 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10364 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10365 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10366 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10367 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10368 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10369 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10370 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10371 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10372 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10373 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10374 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10375 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10376 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10377 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10378 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10379 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10380 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10381 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10382 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10383 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10384 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10385 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10386 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10387 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10388 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10389 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10390 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10391 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10392 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10393 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10394 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10395 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10396 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10397 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10398 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10399 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10400 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10401 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10402 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10403 |
| 2652 | 10404 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10405 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10406 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10407 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10408 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10409 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10410 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10411 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10412 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10413 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10414 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10415 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10416 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10417 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10418 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10419 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10420 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10421 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10422 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10423 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10424 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10425 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10426 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10427 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10428 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10429 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10430 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10431 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10432 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10433 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10434 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10435 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10436 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10437 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10438 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10439 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10440 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10441 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10442 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10443 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10444 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10445 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10446 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10447 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10448 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10449 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10450 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10451 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10452 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10453 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10454 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10455 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10456 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10457 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10458 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10459 |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10460 static int has_env_var __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10461 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10462 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10463 * Return TRUE if "p" contains what looks like an environment variable. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10464 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10465 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10466 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10467 has_env_var(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10468 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10469 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10470 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10471 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10472 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10473 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10474 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10475 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10476 "$%" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10477 #else |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10478 "$" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10479 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10480 , *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10481 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10482 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10483 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10484 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10485 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10486 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10487 static int has_special_wildchar __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10488 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10489 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10490 * Return TRUE if "p" contains a special wildcard character. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10491 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10492 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10493 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10494 has_special_wildchar(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10495 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10496 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10497 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10498 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10499 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10500 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10501 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR, *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10502 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10503 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10504 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10505 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10506 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10507 |
| 7 | 10508 /* |
| 10509 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10510 * | |
| 10511 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10512 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10513 * | |
| 10514 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10515 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10516 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10517 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10518 */ | |
| 10519 int | |
| 10520 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10521 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10522 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10523 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10524 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10525 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10526 { | |
| 10527 int i; | |
| 10528 garray_T ga; | |
| 10529 char_u *p; | |
| 10530 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10531 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10532 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10533 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10534 #endif |
| 7 | 10535 |
| 10536 /* | |
| 10537 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10538 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10539 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10540 * return FAIL. | |
| 10541 */ | |
| 10542 if (recursive) | |
| 10543 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10544 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10545 #else | |
| 10546 return FAIL; | |
| 10547 #endif | |
| 10548 | |
| 10549 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10550 /* | |
| 10551 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10552 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10553 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10554 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10555 */ | |
| 10556 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10557 { | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10558 if (has_special_wildchar(pat[i]) |
| 7 | 10559 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK |
| 10560 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10561 # endif | |
| 10562 ) | |
| 10563 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10564 } | |
| 10565 #endif | |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10568 | |
| 10569 /* | |
| 10570 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10571 */ | |
| 10572 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10573 | |
| 10574 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10575 { | |
| 10576 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10577 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10578 | |
| 10579 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10580 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10581 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10582 else | |
| 10583 #endif | |
| 10584 { | |
| 10585 /* | |
| 10586 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10587 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10588 if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10589 { |
| 1408 | 10590 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10591 if (p == NULL) |
| 10592 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10593 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10594 /* | |
| 10595 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10596 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10597 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10598 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10599 else if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10600 { |
| 10601 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10602 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10603 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10604 flags); | |
| 10605 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10606 return i; | |
| 10607 } | |
| 10608 #endif | |
| 10609 } | |
| 10610 | |
| 10611 /* | |
| 10612 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10613 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10614 * the pattern. | |
| 10615 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10616 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10617 */ | |
| 10618 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10619 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10620 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10621 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10622 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10623 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10624 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10625 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10626 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10627 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10628 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10629 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10630 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10631 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10632 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10633 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10634 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10635 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10636 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10637 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10638 } |
| 7 | 10639 } |
| 10640 | |
| 10641 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10642 { | |
| 10643 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10644 | |
| 10645 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10646 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10647 #endif | |
| 10648 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10649 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10650 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10651 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10652 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10653 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10654 vim_free(t); | |
| 10655 } | |
| 10656 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10657 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10658 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10659 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10660 #endif |
| 7 | 10661 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10662 vim_free(p); | |
| 10663 } | |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10666 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10667 | |
| 10668 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10669 | |
| 10670 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10671 } | |
| 10672 | |
| 10673 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10674 | |
| 10675 /* | |
| 10676 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10677 */ | |
| 10678 static int | |
| 10679 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10680 char_u *p; | |
| 10681 { | |
| 10682 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10683 } | |
| 10684 | |
| 10685 /* | |
| 10686 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10687 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10688 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10689 */ | |
| 10690 static int | |
| 10691 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10692 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10693 char_u *pat; | |
| 10694 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10695 { | |
| 10696 char_u *p; | |
| 10697 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10698 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10699 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10700 int i; | |
| 10701 | |
| 10702 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10703 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10704 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10705 return 0; | |
| 10706 | |
| 10707 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10708 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10709 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10710 else |
| 10711 #endif | |
| 24 | 10712 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10713 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10714 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10715 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10716 return 0; | |
| 10717 | |
| 10718 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10719 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10720 { | |
| 10721 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10722 p = cmd; | |
| 10723 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10724 ++p; | |
| 10725 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10726 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10727 { | |
| 10728 i = *p; | |
| 10729 *p = NUL; | |
| 10730 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10731 *p = i; | |
| 10732 ++cnt; | |
| 10733 } | |
| 10734 cmd = p; | |
| 10735 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10736 ++cmd; | |
| 10737 } | |
| 10738 | |
| 10739 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10740 return cnt; | |
| 10741 } | |
| 10742 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10743 | |
| 10744 /* | |
| 10745 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10746 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10747 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10748 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10749 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10750 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10751 */ | |
| 10752 void | |
| 10753 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10754 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10755 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10756 int flags; | |
| 10757 { | |
| 10758 char_u *p; | |
| 10759 int isdir; | |
| 10760 | |
| 10761 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10762 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10763 return; | |
| 10764 | |
| 10765 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10766 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10767 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10768 return; | |
| 10769 #endif | |
| 10770 | |
| 10771 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10772 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10773 return; | |
| 10774 | |
| 716 | 10775 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10776 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10777 return; | |
| 10778 | |
| 7 | 10779 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10780 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10781 return; | |
| 10782 | |
| 10783 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10784 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10785 return; | |
| 10786 | |
| 10787 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10788 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10789 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10790 #endif | |
| 10791 /* | |
| 10792 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10793 */ | |
| 10794 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10795 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10796 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10797 #endif | |
| 10798 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10799 } | |
| 10800 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10801 | |
| 10802 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10803 | |
| 10804 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10805 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10806 #endif | |
| 10807 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10808 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10809 #endif | |
| 10810 | |
| 10811 /* | |
| 10812 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10813 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10814 */ | |
| 10815 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10816 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10817 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10818 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10819 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10820 { | |
| 10821 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10822 char_u *command; | |
| 10823 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10824 int len; | |
| 10825 int i = 0; | |
| 10826 FILE *fd; | |
| 10827 | |
| 10828 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10829 return NULL; | |
| 10830 | |
| 10831 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10832 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10833 { | |
| 10834 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10835 return NULL; | |
| 10836 } | |
| 10837 | |
| 10838 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10839 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10840 if (command == NULL) |
| 10841 goto done; | |
| 10842 | |
| 10843 /* | |
| 10844 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10845 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10846 */ | |
| 10847 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10848 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10849 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10850 | |
| 10851 vim_free(command); | |
| 10852 | |
| 10853 /* | |
| 10854 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10855 */ | |
| 10856 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10857 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10858 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10859 # else | |
| 10860 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10861 # endif | |
| 10862 | |
| 10863 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10864 { | |
| 10865 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10866 goto done; | |
| 10867 } | |
| 10868 | |
| 10869 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10870 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10871 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10872 | |
| 10873 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10874 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10875 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10876 fclose(fd); | |
| 10877 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10878 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10879 goto done; | |
| 10880 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10881 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10882 #endif | |
| 10883 if (i != len) | |
| 10884 { | |
| 10885 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10886 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10887 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10888 } | |
| 10889 else | |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10890 { |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10891 /* Change NUL into SOH, otherwise the string is truncated. */ |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10892 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10893 if (buffer[len] == NUL) |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10894 buffer[len] = 1; |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10895 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10896 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10897 } |
| 7 | 10898 |
| 10899 done: | |
| 10900 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10901 return buffer; | |
| 10902 } | |
| 10903 #endif | |
| 10904 | |
| 10905 /* | |
| 10906 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10907 * functions. | |
| 10908 */ | |
| 10909 void | |
| 10910 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10911 int count; | |
| 10912 char_u **files; | |
| 10913 { | |
| 838 | 10914 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10915 return; |
| 10916 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10917 /* | |
| 10918 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10919 * been used??? | |
| 10920 */ | |
| 10921 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10922 #else | |
| 10923 while (count--) | |
| 10924 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10925 vim_free(files); | |
| 10926 #endif | |
| 10927 } | |
| 10928 | |
| 10929 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10930 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10931 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10932 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10933 */ | |
| 10934 int | |
| 10935 goto_im() | |
| 10936 { | |
| 10937 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10938 } |